AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Maths Textbook Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2 Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions 6th Lesson Progressions Exercise 6.2

10th Class Maths 6th Lesson Progressions Ex 6.2 Textbook Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Fill in the blanks in the following table, given that ‘a’ is the first term, d the common difference and an the nth term of the A.P:
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2 1
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2 2

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2

Question 2.
Find the i) 30th term of the A.P.: 10, 7, 4,……
ii) 11th term of the A.P.: -3, –\(\frac{1}{2}\), 2,…
Answer:
i) Given A.P. = 10, 7, 4, …….
a1 = 10; d = a2 – a1 = 7 – 10 = – 3
an = a + (n – 1) d
a30 = 10 + (30 – 1) (- 3) = 10 + 29 × (- 3) = 10 – 87 = – 77

ii) Given A.P. = – 3, –\(\frac{1}{2}\), 2,…
a1 = -3; d = a2 – a1 = –\(\frac{1}{2}\) – (-3) = – 3
= –\(\frac{1}{2}\) + 3
= \(\frac{-1+6}{2}\)
= \(\frac{5}{2}\)
an = a + (n – 1) d
= -3 + (11-1) × \(\frac{5}{2}\)
= -3 + 10 × \(\frac{5}{2}\)
= -3 + 5 × 5
= -3 + 25
= 22

Question 3.
Find the respective terms for the following APs.
i) a1 = 2; a3 = 26, find a2.
Answer:
Given: a1 = a = 2 …….. (1)
a3 = a + 2d = 26 …….. (2
Equation (2) – equation (1)
⇒ (a + 2d) – a = 26 – 2
⇒ 2d = 24
d = \(\frac{24}{2}\) = 12
Now a2 = a + d = 2 + 12 = 14

ii) a2 = 13; a4 = 3, find a1, a3.
Answer:
Given: a2 = a + d = 13 ….. (1)
a4 = a + 3d = 3 ….. (2)
Solving equations (1) and (2);
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2 3
∴ Substituting d = – 5 in equation (1) we get
a + (-5) = 13
∴ a = 13 + 5 = 18 i.e., a1 = 18
a3 = a + 2d = 18 + 2(- 5)
= 18 – 10 = 8

iii) a1 = 5; a4 = 9\(\frac{1}{2}\), find a2, a3.
Answer:
Given: a1 = a = 5 ….. (1)
a4 = a + 3d = 9\(\frac{1}{2}\) ….. (2)
Solving equations (1) and (2);
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2 4
⇒ 3d = 4\(\frac{1}{2}\)
⇒ 3d = \(\frac{9}{2}\)
⇒ d = \(\frac{9}{2 \times 3}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
∴ a2 = a + d = 5 + \(\frac{3}{2}\) = \(\frac{13}{2}\)
a3 = a + 2d = 5 + 2 × \(\frac{3}{2}\) = 5 + 3 = 8

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2

iv) a1 = -4; a6 = 6, find a2, a3, a4, a5.
Answer:
Given: a1 = a = -4 ….. (1)
a6 = a + 5d = 6 ….. (2)
Solving equations (1) and (2);
(-4) + 5d = 6
⇒ 5d = 6 + 4
⇒ 5d = 10
⇒ d = \(\frac{10}{5}\)
Now
∴ a2 = a + d = -4 + 2 = -2
a3 = a + 2d = -4 + 2 × 2 = -4 + 4 = 0
a4 = a + 3d = -4 + 3 × 2 = -4 + 6 = 2
a5 = a + 4d = -4 + 4 × 2 = -4 + 8 = 4

v) a2 = 38; a6 = -22, find a1, a3, a4, a5.
Answer:
Given: a2 = a + d = 38 ….. (1)
a6 = a + 5d = -22 ….. (2)
Subtracting (2) from (1) we get
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2 5
Now substituting, d = – 15 in equation (1), we get
a + (- 15) = 38 ⇒ a = 38 + 15 = 53
Thus,
a1 = a = 53;
a3 = a + 2d = 53 + 2 × (- 15) = 53 – 30 = 23;
a4 = a + 3d = 53 + 3 × (- 15) = 53 – 45 = 8;
a5 = a + 4d = 53 + 4 × (- 15) = 53 – 60 = – 7

Question 4.
Which term of the AP:
3, 8, 13, 18,…, is 78?
Answer:
Given: 3, 8, 13, 18, ……
Here a = 3; d = a2 – a1 = 8 – 3 = 5
Let ‘78’ be the nth term of the given A.P.
∴ an = a + (n – 1) d
⇒ 78 = 3 + (n – 1) 5
⇒ 78 = 3 + 5n – 5
⇒ 5n = 78 + 2
⇒ n = \(\frac{80}{2}\) = 16
∴ 78 is the 16th term of the given A.P.

Question 5.
Find the number of terms in each of the following APs:
i) 7, 13, 19, ….., 205
Answer:
Given: A.P: 7, 13, 19, ……….
Here a1 = a = 7; d = a2 – a1 = 13 – 7 = 6
Let 205 be the nth term of the given A.P.
Then, an = a + (n – 1) d
205 = 7 + (n- 1)6
⇒ 205 = 7 + 6n – 6
⇒ 205 = 6n + 1
⇒ 6n = 205 – 1 = 204
∴ n = \(\frac{204}{6}\) = 34
∴ 34 terms are there.

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2

ii) 18, 15\(\frac{1}{2}\), 13, …, -47
Answer:
Given: A.P: 18, 15\(\frac{1}{2}\), 13, …….
Here a1 = a = 18;
d = a2 – a1 = 15\(\frac{1}{2}\) – 18 = -2\(\frac{1}{2}\) = –\(\frac{5}{2}\)
Let ‘-47’ be the nth term of the given A.P.
an = a + (n – 1) d
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2 6
⇒ -94 = 36 – 5n + 5
⇒ 5n = 94 + 41
⇒ n = \(\frac{135}{5}\) = 27
∴ 27 terms are there.

Question 6.
Check whether, -150 is a term of the AP: 11, 8, 5, 2…
Answer:
Given: A.P. = 11, 8, 5, 2…
Here a1 = a = 11;
d = a2 – a1 = 8 – 11 = -3
If possible, take – 150 as the nth term of the given A.P.
an = a + (n – 1) d
⇒ -150 = 11 + (n – 1) × (-3)
⇒ -150 = 11 – 3n + 3
⇒ 14 – 3n = – 150
⇒ 3n= 14 + 150 = 164
∴ n = \(\frac{164}{3}\) = 54\(\frac{2}{3}\)
Here n is not an integer.
∴ -150 is not a term of the given A.P.

Question 7.
Find the 31st term of an A.P. whose 11th term is 38 and the 16th term is 73.
Answer:
Given: An A.P. whose
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2 7
⇒ -5d = -35
⇒ d = \(\frac{-35}{-5}\) = 7
Substituting d = 7 in the equation (1)
we get,
a + 10 x 7 = 38
⇒ a + 70 = 38
⇒ a = 38 – 70 = -32
Now, the 31st term = a + 30d
= (-32) + 30 × 7
= -32 + 210 = 178

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2

Question 8.
If the 3rd and the 9th terms of an A.P are 4 and -8 respectively, which term of this A.P is zero?
Answer:
Given: An A.P. whose
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2 8
Substituting d = -2 in equation (1) we get
a + 2 × (-2) = 4
⇒ a – 4 = 4
⇒ a = 4 + 4 = 8
Let nth term of the given A.P be equal to zero.
an = a + (n – 1)d
⇒ 0 = 8 + (n – 1) × (-2)
⇒ 0 = 8 – 2n + 2
⇒ 10 – 2n = 0
⇒ 2n = 10 and n = \(\frac{10}{2}\) = 5
∴ The 5th term of the given A.P is zero.

Question 9.
The 17th term of an A.P exceeds its 10 term by 7. Find the common difference.
Answer:
Given an A.P in which a17 = a10 + 7
⇒ a17 – a10 = 7
We know that an = a + (n – 1)d
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2 9
⇒ d = \(\frac{7}{7}\) = 1

Question 10.
Two APs have the same common difference. The difference between their 100th terms is 100, what is the difference between their 1000th terms?
Answer:
Let the first A.P be:
a, a + d, a + 2d, ……..
Second A.P be:
b, b + d, b + 2d, b + 3d, ………
Also, general term, an = a + (n – 1)d
Given that, a100 – b100 = 100
⇒ a + 99d – (b + 99d) = 100
⇒ a – b = 100
Now the difference between their 1000th terms,
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2 10
∴ The difference between their 1000th terms is (a – b) = 100.
Note: If the common difference for any two A.Ps are equal then difference between nth terms of two A.Ps is same for all natural values of n.

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2

Question 11.
How many three-digit numbers are divisible by 7?
Answer:
The least three digit number is 100.
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2 11
∴ The least 3 digit number divisible by 7 is 100 + (7 – 2) = 105
The greatest 3 digit number is 999
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2 12
∴ The greatest 3 digit number divisible by 7 is 999 – 5 = 994.
∴ 3 digit numbers divisible by 7 are
105, 112, 119,….., 994.
a1 = a = 105; d = 7; an = 994
an = a + (n – 1)d
⇒ 994 = 105 + (n – 1)7
⇒ (n – 1)7 = 994 – 105
⇒ (n – 1)7 = 889
⇒ n – 1 = \(\frac{889}{7}\) = 127
∴ n = 127 + 1 = 128
∴ There are 128, 3 digit numbers which are divisible by 7.
(or)
\(\frac{\text { last number – first number }}{7}\)
\(\frac{999-100}{7}\)
≃ 128.4 = 128 numbers divisible by 7.

Question 12.
How many multiples of 4 lie between 10 and 250?
Answer:
Given numbers: 10 to 250
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2 13
∴ Multiples of 4 between 10 and 250 are
First term: 10 + (4 – 2) = 12
Last term: 250 – 2 = 248
∴ 12, 16, 20, 24, ….., 248
a = a1 = 12; d = 4; an = 248
an = a + (n – 1)d
248 = 12 + (n – 1) × 4
⇒ (n – 1)4 = 248 – 12
⇒ n – 1 = \(\frac{236}{4}\) = 59
∴ n = 59 + 1 = 60
There are 60 numbers between 10 and 250 which are divisible by 4.

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2

Question 13.
For what value of n, are the nth terms of two APs: 63, 65, 67, ….. and 3, 10, 17,… equal?
Answer:
Given : The first A.P. is 63, 65, 67, ……
where a = 63, d = a2 – a1,
⇒ d = 65 – 63 = 2
and the second A.P. is 3, 10, 17, …….
where a = 3; d = a2 – a1 = 10 – 3 = 7
Suppose the nth terms of the two A.Ps are equal, where an = a + (n – 1)d
⇒ 63 + (n – 1)2 = 3 + (n – 1)7
⇒ 63 + 2n – 2 = 3 + 7n – 7
⇒ 61 + 2n = 7n – 4
⇒ 7n – 2n = 61 + 4
⇒ 5n = 65
⇒ n = \(\frac{65}{5}\) = 13
∴ 13th terms of the two A.Ps are equal.

Question 14.
Determine the AP whose third term is 16 and the 7th term exceeds the 5th term by 12.
Answer:
Given : An A.P in which
a3 = a + 2d = 16 …… (1)
and a7 = a5 + 12
i.e., a + 6d = a + 4d + 12
⇒ 6d – 4d = 12
⇒ 2d = 12
⇒ d = \(\frac{12}{2}\) = 6
Substituting d = 6 in equation (1) we get
a + 2 × 6 = 16
⇒ a = 16 – 12 = 4
∴ The series/A.P is
a, a + d, a + 2d, a + 3d, …….
⇒ 4, 4 + 6, 4 + 12, 4 + 18, ……
⇒ A.P.: 4, 10, 16, 22, …….

Question 15.
Find the 20th term from the end of the AP: 3, 8, 13,…, 253.
Answer:
Given: An A.P: 3, 8, 13, …… , 253
Here a = a1 = 3
d = a2 – a1 = 8 – 3 = 5
an = 253, where 253 is the last term
an = a + (n – l)d
∴ 253 = 3 + (n – 1)5
⇒ 253 = 3 + 5n – 5
⇒ 5n = 253 + 2
⇒ n = \(\frac{255}{5}\) = 51
∴ The 20th term from the other end would be
1 + (51 – 20) = 31 + 1 = 32
∴ a32 = 3 + (32 – 1) × 5
= 3 + 31 × 5
= 3 + 155 = 158

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2

Question 16.
The sum of the 4th and 8th terms of an AP is 24 and the sum of the 6th and 10th terms is 44. Find the first three terms of the AP.
Answer:
Given an A.P in which a4 + a8 = 24
⇒ a + 3d + a + 7d = 24
⇒ 2a + 10d = 24
⇒ a + 5d = 12 ……. (1)
and a6 + a10 = 44
⇒ a + 5d + a + 9d = 44
⇒ 2a + 14d = 44
⇒ a + 7d = 22 ……. (2)
Also a + 5d = 12
⇒ a + 5(5) = 12
⇒ a + 25 = 12
⇒ a = 12 – 25 = -13
∴ The A.P is a, a + d, a + 2d, ……
i.e., – 13, (- 13 + 5), (-13 + 2 × 5)…
⇒ -13, -8, -3, …….

Question 17.
Subba Rao started work in 1995 at an annual salary of Rs. 5000 and received an increment of Rs. 200 each year. In which year did his income reach Rs. 7000?
Answer:
Given: Salary of Subba Rao in 1995 = Rs. 5000
Annual increment = Rs. 200
i.e., His salary increases by Rs. 200 every year.
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 6 Progressions Ex 6.2 14
Clearly 5000, 5200, 5400, forms an A.P in which a = 5000 and d = 200.
Now suppose that his salary reached Rs. 7000 after x – years.
i.e., an = 7000
But, an = a + (n – 1)d
7000 = 5000 + (n – 1)200
⇒ 7000 – 5000 = (n – 1)200
⇒ n – 1 = \(\frac{2000}{200}\) = 10
⇒ n = 10 + 1
∴ In 11th year his salary reached Rs. 7000.

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Maths Textbook Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3 Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions 5th Lesson Quadratic Equations Exercise 5.3

10th Class Maths 5th Lesson Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3 Textbook Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Find the roots of the following quadratic equations, if they exist, by the method of completing the square:
i) 2x2 + x – 4 = 0
Answer:
Given: 2x2 + x – 4 = 0
⇒ 2x2 + x = 4
⇒ (√2x)2 + x = 4
⇒ (√2x)2 + 2.√2.x.\(\frac{1}{2 \sqrt{2}}\) = 4
Now LHS is in the form a2 + 2ab
where b = \(\frac{1}{2 \sqrt{2}}\)
Adding b2 = \(\left(\frac{1}{2 \sqrt{2}}\right)^{2}\) on both sides we get
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3 1
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3 2

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3

ii) 4x2 + 4√3x + 3 = 0
Answer:
Given: 4x2 + 4√3x + 3 = 0
⇒ 4x2 + 4√3x = -3
⇒ (2x)2 + 2(2x)√3 = -3
LHS is of the form a2 + 2ab where
where b = √3.
∴ Adding b2 = (√3)2 = 3 on both sides, we get
(2x)2 + 2(2x)(√3) + (√3)2 = -3 + (√3)2
⇒ (2x + √3)2 = -3 + 3 = 0
∴ (2x + √3)2 = 0
⇒ 2x + √3 = 0
⇒ 2x = -√3
⇒ x = \(\frac{-\sqrt{3}}{2}\)
∴ The roots are \(\frac{-\sqrt{3}}{2}\), \(\frac{-\sqrt{3}}{2}\).

iii) 5x2 – 7x – 6 = 0
Given quardratic equation = 5x2 – 7x – 6 = 0
∴ 5x2 – 7x – 6
⇒ x2 – \(\frac{7}{5}\)x = \(\frac{6}{5}\), it can be re-written as
x2 – 2.\(\frac{7}{10}\)x = \(\frac{6}{5}\) now it is in the form
of a2 – 2ab where a = x, and b = \(\frac{7}{10}\)
Now adding b2 = \(\left(\frac{7}{10}\right)^{2}\) on both sides, we get
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3 3
Note: If we take the Q.E. as 5x2 – 7x + 6 = 0, then we get the T.B. answer.

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3

iv) x2 + 5 = -6x
Answer:
The given Q.E. is x2 + 5 = -6x
⇒ x2 + 6x = -5
⇒ (x)2 + 2.(x).3 = -5
Now L.H.S. is of the form a2 + 2ab where b = 3.
Adding b2 = 32 on both sides we get
x2 + 2(x)(3) + 32 = -5 + 32
(x + 3)2 = -5 + 9 = 4
∴ x + 3 = 74 = ± 2
⇒ x = +2 – 3 or – 2 – 3
= -1 or -5 are the roots of the given Q.E.

Question 2.
Find the roots of the quadratic equations given in Q.1 above by applying the quadratic formula,
i) 2x2 + x – 4 = 0
Answer:
Comparing this Q.E. with ax2 + bx + c = 0
a = 2; b = 1; c = -4
x = \(\frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^{2}-4 a c}}{2 a}\)
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3 4

ii) 4x2 + 4√3x + 3 = 0
Answer:
Given: 4x2 + 4√3x + 3 = 0
Here a = 4; b = 4√3 ; c = 3
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3 5

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3

iii) 5x2 – 7x – 6 = 0
Answer:
Given: 5x2 – 7x – 6 = 0
Here a = 5; b = -7 and c = -6
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3 6

iv) x2 + 5 = -6x
Answer:
Given: x2 + 5 = -6x
⇒ x2 + 6x + 5 = 0
Here a = 1; b = 6; c = 5
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3 7

Question 3.
Find the roots of the following equations:
i) x – \(\frac{1}{x}\) = 3, x ≠ 0
Answer:
Given: x – \(\frac{1}{x}\) = 3
⇒ x2 + 6x + 5 = 0
⇒ \(\frac{x^{2}-1}{x}\) = 3
⇒ x2 – 1 = 3x
⇒ x2 – 3x – 1 = 0
Here a = 1; b = -3; c = -1
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3 8

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3

ii) \(\frac{1}{x+4}\) – \(\frac{1}{x-7}\) = \(\frac{11}{30}\), x ≠ -4, 7
Answer:
Given: \(\frac{1}{x+4}\) – \(\frac{1}{x-7}\) = \(\frac{11}{30}\)
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3 9
⇒ x2 – 3x – 28 = -30
⇒ x2 – 3x – 28 + 30 = 0
⇒ x2 – 3x + 2 = 0
⇒ x2 – 2x – x + 2 = 0
⇒ x(x – 2) – 1(x – 2) = 0
⇒ (x – 2) (x – 1) = 0
⇒ x – 2 = 0 (or) x – 1 = 0
⇒ x = 2 or x = 1
⇒ x = 2 or 1.

Question 4.
The sum of the reciprocals of Rehman’s ages, (in years) 3 years ago and 5 years from now is \(\frac{1}{3}\). Find his present age.
Answer:
Let the present age of Rehman be x years.
3 years ago Rehman’s age = x – 3 and its reciprocal is \(\frac{1}{x-3}\)
Rehman’s age 5 years from now = x + 5 and its reciprocal is \(\frac{1}{x+5}\)
The sum of the reciprocals
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3 10
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3 11
⇒ x2 + 2x – 15 = 3(2x + 2)
⇒ x2 + 2x – 15 = 6x + 6
⇒ x2 + 2x – 15 – 6x – 6 = 0
⇒ x2 – 4x – 21 =0
⇒ x2 – 7x + 3x – 21 =0
⇒ x(x – 7) + 3(x – 7) 0
⇒ (x – 7) (x + 3) = 0
⇒ x – 7 = 0 or x + 3 = 0
⇒ x = 7 or x = -3
But x can’t be negative, x = 7
i.e., Present age of Rehman = 7 years.

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3

Question 5.
In a class test, the sum of Moulika’s marks in Mathematics and English is 30. If she got 2 marks more in Mathematics and 3 marks less in English, the product of her marks would have been 210. Find her marks in the two subjects.
Answer:
Sum of the marks in Mathematics and English = 30
Let Moulika’s marks in Mathematics be x Then her marks in English = 30 – x
If she got 2 more marks in Mathematics, then her marks would be x + 2.
If she got 3 marks less in English then her marks would be 30 – x – 3 = 27 – x
By problem (x + 2) (27 – x) = 210
⇒ x(27 – x) + 2(27 – x) = 210
⇒ 27x – x2 + 54 – 2x = 210
⇒ -x2 + 25x + 54 = 210
⇒ x2 – 25x – 54 + 210 = 0
⇒ x2 – 25x + 156 = 0
⇒ x2 – 12x – 13x + 156 = 0
⇒ x(x – 12) – 13(x 12) = 0
⇒ (x – 12) (x – 13) = 0
⇒ x – 12 = 0 or x – 13 = 0
⇒ x = 12 or x = 13
If x = 12, then marks in Mathematics = 12 English = 30 – 12 = 18
If x = 13, then marks in Mathematics = 13 English = 30 – 13 = 17

Question 6.
The diagonal of a rectangular field is 60 metres more than the shorter side. If the longer side is 30 metres more than the shorter side, find the sides of the field.
Answer:
Let the shorter side of the rectangular field = x m.
Then its longer side = x + 30 m.
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3 12
The diagonal of a rectangle is also the hypotenuse of the lower triangle Here the diagonal = x + 60
∴ By Pythagoras Theorem
(side)2 + (side)2 = (hypotenuse)2
⇒ (x + 30)2 + x2 = (x + 60)2
⇒ x2 + 60x + 900 + x2 = x2 + 120x + 3600
⇒ x2 – 60x – 2700 = 0
⇒ x2 – 90x + 30x – 2700 = 0
⇒ x(x – 90) + 30 (x – 90) = 0
⇒ (x – 90) (x + 30) = 0
⇒ x – 90 = 0 (or) x + 30 = 0
⇒ x = +90 (or) x = -30 But ‘x’ can’t be negative.
∴ x = 90 m
i.e., the shorter side x = 90 m Longer side x + 30 = 90 + 30 = 120 m.

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3

Question 7.
The difference of squares of two numbers is 180. The square of the smaller number is 8 times the larger number. Find the two numbers.
Answer:
Let the large number be x.
8 times larger number = Square of the srnall number = 8x
Square of the larger number = x2
By problem, x2 – 8x = 180
⇒ x2 – 8x – 180 = 0
⇒ x2– 18x + 10x – 180 = 0
⇒ x(x – 18) + 10(x – 18) = 0
⇒ (x + 10)(x – 18) = 0
⇒ x + 10 = 0 (or) x – 18 = 0
⇒ x = -10 (or) x = 18
If x = 18, then larger number =18;
(small number)2 = 8 × (+18) = 144
∴ Small number = √144 = 12
The numbers are 18, 12
Note: Discard x = -10.

Question 8.
A train travels 360 km at a uniform speed. If the speed had been 5 km/h more, it would have taken 1 hour less for the same journey. Find the speed of the train.
Answer:
The distance travelled = 360 km.
Let the speed of the train = x kmph.
Time taken to complete a journey = \(\frac{\text { distance }}{\text { speed }}\)
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3 13
⇒ x2 + 5x = 1800
⇒ x2 + 5x – 1800 = 0
⇒ x2 + 45x – 40x – 1800 = 0
⇒ x(x + 45) – 40(x + 45) = 0
⇒ (x + 45) (x – 40) = 0
x + 45 = 0 or x -40 = 0
x = -45 or x = +40
But x can’t be negative.
∴ The speed of the train = 40 kmph.

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3

Question 9.
Two water taps together can fill a tank in 9\(\frac{3}{8}\) hours. The tap of larger diameter takes 10 hours less than the smaller one to fill the tank separately. Find the time in which each tap can separately fill the tank.
Answer:
Let the time taken to fill the tank by smaller tap = x (hours)
So the part filled by smaller tap in
1 hour = \(\frac{1}{x}\) × \(\frac{75}{8}\) = \(\frac{75}{8x}\) ……. (1)
Again then the time taken to fill the tank by larger tap = (x – 10) hours
∴ the part of tank that can be filled by larger tap alone in one hour of time = \(\frac{1}{x-10}\)
∴ In \(\frac{75}{8}\) hours the part filled by larger tap = \(\frac{75}{8}\left(\frac{1}{x-10}\right)\)
∴ By both taps together
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3 14
⇒ 150x – 750 = 8x2 – 80x
⇒ 8x2 – 80x – 150x + 750 = 0
⇒ 8x2 – 230x + 750 = 0
⇒ 4x2 – 115x + 375 = 0
⇒ 4x2 – 100x – 15x + 375 = 0
⇒ 4x(x – 25) – 15(x – 25) = 0
∴ (4x – 15) (x – 25) = 0 15
⇒ 4x = 15, x = \(\frac{15}{4}\) or x = 25
x = 25 hours.
then time taken to fill by larger tap = x – 10 = 25 – 10 = 15 hours
(x cannot be \(\frac{15}{4}\) since we have considered ‘x’ as time taken by smaller tap, which is to be higher one)

Question 10.
An express train takes 1 hour less than a passenger train to travel 132 km between Mysore and Bangalore (without taking into consideration the time they stop at intermediate stations). If the average speed of the express train is 11 km/hr more than that of the passenger train, find the average speed of the two trains.
Answer:
Let the speed of the passenger train = x kmph.
Then speed of the express train = x + 11 kmph.
Distance travelled = 132 km
We know that time = \(\frac{\text { distance }}{\text { speed }}\)
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3 15
⇒ x2 + 11x = 13 × 11
⇒ x2 + 11x – 1452 = 0
⇒ x2 + 44x – 33x – 1452 = 0
⇒ x(x + 44) – 33 (x + 44) = 0
⇒ (x + 44) (x – 33) = 0
⇒ x + 44 = 0 (or) x – 33 = 0
⇒ x = -44 (or) x = 33
But x can’t be negative.
∴ Speed of the passenger train = x = 33 kmph.
Speed of the express train = x + 11 = 44 kmph.

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3

Question 11.
Sum of the areas of two squares is 468 m2. If the difference of their perimeters is 24m, find the sides of the two squares.
(OR)
If the sum of the areas of two squares is 468 m2 and the difference of their perimeters is 24m, then find the measurements of their sides.
Answer:
Let the side of first square = x m say Then perimeter of the first square = 4x [∵ P = 4 . side]
By problem, perimeter of the second square = 4x + 24 (or) 4x – 24
∴ Side of the second square =
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3 16
Now sum of the areas of the two squares is given as 468 m2
x2 + (x + 6)2 = 468
⇒ x2 + x2 + 12x + 36 = 468
⇒ 2x2 + 12x + 36 – 468 = 0
⇒ 2x2 + 12x – 432 = 0
⇒ x2 + 6x – 216 = 0
⇒ x2 + 18x – 12x – 216 = 0
⇒ x(x + 18)- 12(x + 18) = 0
⇒ (x + 18) (x – 12) = 0
⇒ x + 18 = 0 (or) x – 12 = 0
⇒ x = -18 (or) 12
But x can’t be negative.
∴ x = 12
i.e., side of the first square = 12
∴ Perimeter = 4 × 12 = 48
∴ Perimeter of the second square = 48 + 24 = 72
∴ Side of the second square = \(\frac{72}{4}\) = 18 m.
(or)
x2 + (x – 6)2 = 468
⇒ x2 + x2 – 12x + 36 = 468
⇒ 2x2 – 12x – 432 – 0
⇒ x2 – 6x – 216 = 0
⇒ x2 – 18x + 12x – 216 = 0
⇒ x(x-18) + 12(x-18) = 0
⇒ (x – 18) (x + 12) = 0
⇒ x – 18 = 0 (or) x + 12 = 0
⇒ x = 18 (or) – 12
But x can’t be negative.
∴ x = 18
i.e., side of the first square = 18 m
∴ Perimeter = 4 × 18 = 72
Perimeter of the second square = 72 – 24 = 48
∴ Side of the second square = \(\frac{48}{4}\) = 12 m.
i.e., In any way, the sides of the squares are 12m, 18m.

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Quadratic Equations Ex 5.3

Question 12.
If a polygon of ‘n’ sides has \(\frac{1}{2}\)n(n – 3) diagonals. How many sides will a polygon having 65 diagonals? Is there a polygon with 50 diagonals?
Answer:
Given: Number of diagonals of a polygon with n-sides = \(\frac{n(n-3)}{2}\)
No. of diagonals of a given polygon = 65
i.e., \(\frac{n(n-3)}{2}\) = 65
where n is number of sides of the polygon
⇒ n2 – 3n = 2 × 65
⇒ n2 – 3n – 130 = 0
⇒ n2 – 13n + 10n – 130 = 0
⇒ n(n – 13) + 10(n – 13) = 0
⇒ (n – 13) (n + 10) = O
⇒ n – 13 = 0 (or) n + 10 = 0
⇒ n = 13 (or) n = -10
But n can’t be negative.
∴ n = 13 (i.e.) number of sides = 13.
Also to check 50 as the number of diagonals of a polygon
∴ \(\frac{n(n-3)}{2}\) = 50
⇒ n2 – 3n = 100
⇒ n2 – 3n – 100 = 0
There is no real value of n for which the above equation is satisfied.
∴ There can’t be a polygon with 50 diagonals.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions 6th Lesson Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces

10th Class Physics 6th Lesson Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces Textbook Questions and Answers

Review of Your Previous Knowledge

Question 1.
Have you ever touched a magnifying glass with your hand?
Answer:
Yes.

Question 2.
Have you touched the glass in the spectacles used for reading with your hand?
A. Yes.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces

Question 3.
Is it a plane or curved surface?
Answer:
Curved surface.

Question 4.
Is it thicker in the middle or at the edge?
Answeer:
Magnifying glass and some spectacle are thicker in middle whereas some spectacles are thicker at edge.

Improve Your Learning

Question 1.
A man wants to get a picture of a zebra. He photographed a white donkey after fitting a glass, with black stripes, on to the lens of his camera. What photo will he get? Explain. (AS1)
(OR)
A person wants to get a picture of zebra and he photographed a white donkey fitting a glass with black stripes. Does he get photo of zebra? Explain.
Answer:
The person was unable to gel the picture <>l zebra because only two rays are enough to form complete image after convergence. So he will get the image of white donkey but the intensity may be less.
(OR)
He will get a picture of while donkey because e\ery part of lens forms an image so if you cover lens with stripes still it forms a complete image. However, the intensity of the image will be reduced.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces

Question 2.
Two converging lenses are to be placed in the path of parallel rays so that the rays remain parallel after passing through both lenses. How should the lenses be arranged? Explain with a neat ray diagram. (AS1)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 17

  • Two lenses are placed in the path of parallel rays as shown in figure.
  • The first lens is placed in the direction of parallel lines, which converges at focus.
  • The second lens is arranged so that it is the focus of 2nd then emerging rays will be parallel.

Question 3.
The focal length of a converging lens is 20 cm. An object is 60 cm from the lens. Where will the image be formed and what kind of image is it? (AS1)
Answer:
f = 20 cm (by sign conversion f = + 20 cm)
u = 60 cm (by sign conversion u = – 60 cm)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 1
Image will be formed at 30cm in between F1, and 2F1. Image is real, inverted and diminished.

Question 4.
A double convex lens has two surfaces of equal radii ‘R’ and refractive index n = 1.5. Find the focal length ‘f’. (AS1)
(OR)
What is the focal length ‘f, when its double convex lens has two surfaces of equal radii ‘R’ and refractive index n = 1.5?
Answer:
R1 = R2 = R (suppose)
Focal length (f) = ?; Refractive index (n) = 1.5
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 2
∴ Focal length of lens = Radius of curvature of surface.

Question 5.
Write the lens maker’s formula and explain the terms in it. (AS1)
(OR)
Ravi wants to make a lens. Which formula he has to follow ? Write the formula and explain the terms in it.
(OR)
Write lens formula.
Answer:
Lens maker’s formula:
\(\frac{1}{\mathrm{f}}=(\mathrm{n}-1)\left(\frac{1}{\mathrm{R}_{1}}-\frac{1}{\mathrm{R}_{2}}\right)\)
n = Refractive index of the medium
R1 = Radius of curvature of 1 st surface
R2 = Radius of curvature of 2nd surface
f = Focal length

Question 6.
How do you verify experimentally that the focal length of a convex lens is increased when it is kept in water? (AS1)
(OR)
Write an activity to show that the focal length of a lens depends on its surrounding medium.
Answer:
Aim :
To prove focal length of convex lens is increased when it is kept in water.

Apparatus :
Convex lens, water, cylindrical vessel, circular lens holder, stone.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 18

Procedure :

  1. Take a cylindrical vessel like glass tumbler.
  2. Its height must be greater than the focal length of lens, (the around four times focal length of lens).
  3. Keep a black stone inside the vessel at its bottom.
  4. Pour the water into the vessel such that the height of the water level from the top of the stone is greater than the focal length of lens.
  5. Now dip the lens horizontally using a circular lens holder.
  6. Set the distance between stone and lens that is equal to or less than focal length of lens.
  7. Now see the stone through the lens.
  8. We can see the image of the stone.
  9. If we dip the lens to a certain height which is greater than the focal length of lens in air, still we can see the image.
  10. This shows that the focal length of convex lens has increased in water.
  11. Thus we conclude that the focal length of lens depends upon the surrounding medium.

Note : For convenience, use 5 or 10 cm focal length convex lens.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces

Question 7.
How do you find the focal length of a lens experimentally? (AS1)
Answer:

  • Take the lens (Ex : Convex), which focused towards the distant object.
  • A white coated screen (Ex : White paper) is placed on the other side of the lens.
  • Adjust the screen till you get a clear image of the object.
  • At this position measure the distance between the lens and screen which is equal to the focal length of the lens.

Question 8.
Harsha tells Siddhu that the double convex lens always behaves like a convergent lens. But Siddhu knows that Harsha’s assertion is wrong and corrected Harsha by asking some questions. What are the questions asked by Siddhu? (As2)
Answer:
The questions asked by Siddhu :

  1. Is the object placed beyond 2f point?
  2. Is the object located at 2f point?
  3. Is the object located in between the 2f and the focal point?
  4. Is the object located at the focal point?
  5. Is the object located in front of the focal point?
  6. Is the lens kept in a medium with refractive index less than lens or more than lens?

Question 9.
Assertion (A): A person standing on the land appears taller than his actual height to a fish inside a pond. (AS2)
Reason (R) : Light bends away from the normal as it enters air from water.
Which of the following is correct? Explain.
a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
b) Both A and R are true and R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
d) Both A and R are false.
e) A is false but R is true.
Answer:
Answer a is correct.
Explanation :
Because the light travelling from water to air it bends away from the normal so the fish observes the apparent image of the person, appears taller than his original.

Question 10.
A convex lens is made up of three different materials as shown in the figure Q-10. How many of images does it form? (AS2)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 3
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 4

  • A lens made of three different materials of refractive indices say n1, n2 and n3.
  • These three materials will have three different refractive indices. Thus for a given object it forms three images.

Question 11.
Can a virtual image be photographed by a camera? (AS2)
Answer:
Yes, we can.
Ex : – A plane mirror forms a virtual image, we can able to take photograph of that image in plane mirror.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces

Question 12.
You have a lens. Suggest an experiment to find out the focal length of the lens. (AS3)
(OR)
Through an experiment, find out the focal length of the lens.
Answer:
Aim :
To find focal length of given lens.

Apparatus :
Object (candle), convex lens, v – stand, screen.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 19

Procedure :

  • Take a v-stand and place it on a long table at the middle.
    Place a convex lens on the v-stand. Imagine the principal axis of the lens.
  • Light a candle and ask your friend to take the candle far away from the lens along the principal axis.
  • Adjust a screen (a sheet of white paper placed perpendicular to the axis) which is on other side of the lens until you get an image on it.
  • Measure the distance of the image from the v-stand of lens (image distance V) and also measure the distance between the candle and stand of lens (object distance ‘u’). Record the values in the table.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 20

  • Now place the candle at a distance of 60 cm from the lens, try to get an image of the candle flame on the other side on a screen. Adjust the screen till you get a clear image.
  • Measure the image distance V and object distance ‘u’ and record the values in table.
  • Repeat the experiment lor various object distances like 50 cm, 40 cm, 30 cm, etc. Measure the image distances in all cases and note them in table.
  • Using the formula \(\frac{1}{f}=\frac{1}{v}-\frac{1}{u}\), find f in all the cases. We will observe the value ‘f is equal in all cases. This value off is the focal length of the given lens.

Question 13.
Let us assume a system that consists of two lenses with focal length f1, and f2 respectively. How do you find the focal length of the system experimentally, when
i) two lenses are touching each other
ii) they are separated by a distance ‘d’ with common principal axis? (AS3)
Answer:
Experimental Proof:
i) Two lenses are touching each other :
Aim :
To find focal length of combination of two convex lenses, touching each other. Material required : Convex lenses – 2 (with known focal lengths say f, and f2); V-stands – 2, candle, screen scale.

Procedure:

  • Place two V-stands with two convex lenses as they touch each other on a table.
  • Place a candle (object) far away from the lenses.
  • Adjust a screen, which is placed other side of the lenses until we get a clear image on it.
  • At that position, measure the image distance (v) and object distance (u).
  • Do this experiment for several object distances and record in the given table.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 21

ii) They are separated by a distance of ‘d’ :
Procedure :

  • Now place v-stands along with lenses with distance’d’.
  • Do the same procedure again.
  • Record the observations in the given table.
  • Find the average of the ‘f’comb.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 22

Question 14.
Collect the information about the lenses available in an optical shop. Find out how the focal length of a lens may be determined by the given power’ of the lens. (AS4)
Answer:
I had collected the information regarding different lenses available at optical shops.
The relationship between power and focal length is power (D) = \(\frac{1}{f}\). f is in meters.

Power of lens in diopters Type of lens Focal length
0.25 Convex 400 cm
0.5 Convex 200 cm
1 Convex 100 cm
-2 Concave 50 cm
– 1 Concave – 100 cm
-0.5 Concave – 200 cm
-0.25 Concave – 400 cm

Question 15.
Collect the information about lenses used by Galileo in his telescope. (AS4)
(OR)
What lenses are used by Galileo in his telescope?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 5
A Galilean telescope is defined as having one convex lens and one concave lens. The concave lens serves as the ocular lens or the eye piece, while the convex lens serves as the objective. The lens are situated on either side of a tube such that the focal point of the ocular lens is the same as the focal point for the objective lens.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces

Question 16.
Use the data obtained by activity – 2 in table-1 of this lesson and draw the graphs of u vs v and \(\frac{1}{u}\) vs \(\frac{1}{v}\) (AS5)
(OR)
By obtaining data from activity – 2 in table – 1 of this lesson, draw the graphs of u vs v and \(\frac{1}{u}\) vs \(\frac{1}{v}\)
Answer:
Graph of u – v using data obtained by activity – 2. Take lens with focal length 30 cm.

Object distance (u) Image distance (v) Focal length (f)
60 cm 60 cm 30 cm
50 cm 75 cm 30 cm
40 cm 120 cm 30 cm

The graph looks like this
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 23

The shape of the graph is rectangular hyperbola.

Graph of \(\frac{1}{u}\) – \(\frac{1}{v}\)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 24
For these values the graph is straight line which touches the axis as shown in figure.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 25

Question 17.
Figure shows ray AB that has passed through a divergent lens. Construct the path of the ray up to the lens if the F position of its foci is known. (AS5)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 6
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 7
The path of the ray up to the lens if the position of foci is known for ray AB is diverging lens or concave lens path.

Question 18.
Figure shows a point light source and its image produced by a lens with an optical axis N1, N2. Find the position of the lens and its foci using a ray diagram. (AS5)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 8
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 9

  1. The object is in between focus and optic centre.
  2. The image is virtual, erect and magnified. Nv
  3. l is the lens, ‘O’ is the object and T is the image.

Question 19.
Find the focus by drawing a ray diagram using the position of source S and the image S’ given in the figure. (AS5)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 10
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 11

  1.  Image is real.
  2. l’ is lens, ‘O’ is object and T is image.
  3.  Lens is convex.

(Or)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 12

  1. Image is real.
  2. l’ is lens, ‘O’ is object and ‘I’ is image.
  3. Lens is convex.

Question 20.
A parallel beam of rays is incident on a convergent lens with a focal length of 40 cm. Where should a divergent lens with a focal length of 15 cm be placed for the beam of rays to remain parallel after passing through the two lenses? Draw a ray diagram. (AS5)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 26
1. A parallel beam of rays when incident on a convergent lens, after refraction they meet at the focus of the lens.

2. A beam of rays which is incident on a divergent lens, after refraction, pass parallel to the principal axis. If we extend these incident rays, they seems to meet at focus of the lens.

3. Hence the divergent lens should be kept at 25 cm distance from convergent lens (40 – 15 = 25 cm) as shown in the figure.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 27
PF = 40 cm (Focal length of convergent lens)
P’F = 15 cm (Focal length of divergent lens)
PP’ = 40 – 15 = 25 cm (Position of divergent lens)

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces

Question 21.
Draw ray diagrams for the following positions and explain the nature and position of image.
i) Object is placed at 2F2
ii) Object is placed between F2 and optic centre P. (AS5)
Answer:
i) Object is placed at 2F2:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 13
Nature : Real, inverted and diminished.
Position : Image is formed on the principal axis between the points F1, and 2F1.

ii) Object is placed between F2 and optic centre P :
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 14
Nature : Virtual, erect and magnified.
Position : Same side of the lens where object is placed.

Question 22.
How do you appreciate the coincidence of the experimental facts with the results obtained by a ray diagram in terms of behaviour of images formed by lenses? (AS6)
Answer:

  • Ray diagrams are very useful in optics.
  • By the ray diagrams, we can easily find the values of image distance, object distance, focal length, radius of curvature, magnification, etc.
  • These results are exactly equal to the result gotten by an experiment.
  • For example : In the experiment, with a convex lens, we get clear image of an object, on a screen by adjusting the screen.

Then, we measure the image distane (v) practically. This takes more time and requires equipped lab also.

But, by simply draw a ray diagram on a paper, we can get exact image distance (v) very easily, without lab.

  • So, ray diagrams are very useful in the construction of microscopes, telescopes, etc.
  • Hence, one can trust and depend on the result of ray diagrams instead of several lab experiments.
  • So, I appreciate the ray diagrams.

Question 23.
Find the refractive index of the glass which is a symmetrical convergent lens if its focal length is equal to the radius of curvature of its surface. (AS7)
Answer:
Given that lens is convergent symmetrical
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 15

Question 24.
Find the radii of curvature of a convexo – concave convergent lens made of glass with refractive index n = 1.5 having focal length of 24 cm. One of the radii of curvature is double the other. (AS7)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 28

Question 25.
The distance between two point sources of light is 24 cm. Where should a convergent lens with a focal length of f = 9 cm be placed between them to obtain the images of both sources at the same point? (AS7)
Answer:
For Source S1 :
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 16
∴ The convex lens may be placed between the two sources, such that a distance of 18 cm from one source, and 6 cm from other source.

Question 26.
Suppose you are inside the water in a swimming pool near an edge. A friend is standing on the edge. Do you find your friend taller or shorter than his usual height? Why? (AS7)
(OR)
If your friend is standing near an edge of the swimming pool and you are in the water, do you find he is taller or shorter than his usual height?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 29

  1. My friend appears to be taller because the light is travelling from rarer to denser.
  2. The rays bend in such away that they seems to be coming from long distance.
  3. So it is actually apparent image of my friend which appears to be taller due to refraction.

Fill in the Blanks

1. The rays from the distant object, falling on the convex lens pass through ……………….. .
2. The ray passing through the ……………….. of the lens is not deviated.
3. Lens formula is given by ……………….. .
4. The focal length of the plano-convex lens is 2R where R is the radius of curvature of the surface. Then the refractive index of the material of the lens is ……………….. .
5. The lens which can form real and virtual images is ……………….. .
Answer:

  1. Tocus
  2. optical centre
  3. \(\frac{1}{f}=\frac{1}{v}-\frac{1}{u}\)
  4. 1.5
  5. convex lens

Multiple Choice Questions

1. Which one of the following materials cannot be used to make a lens?
A) water
B) glass
C) plastic
D) clay
Answer:
D) clay

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces

2. Which of the following is true?
A) The distance of virtual image is always greater than the object distance for convex lens.
B) The distance of virtual image is not greater than the object distance for convex lens.
C) Convex lens always forms a real image.
D) Convex lens always forms a virtual image.
Answer:
B) The distance of virtual image is not greater than the object distance for convex lens.

3. Focal length of the plano-convex lens is when its radius of curvature of the surface is R and n is the refractive index of the lens.

4. The value of the focal length of the lens is equal to the value of the image distance when the rays are
A) passing through the optic centre
B) parallel to the principal axis
C) passing through the focus
D) in all the cases
Answer:
D) in all the cases

5. Which of the following is the lens maker’s formula?
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 44
Answer:
C

10th Class Physics 6th Lesson Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces Additional Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Derive a relation between refractive indices of two media (n1, n2), object distance (u), image distance (v) and radius of curvature (R) for a curved surface.
(OR)
Derive \(\frac{\mathbf{n}_{2}}{\mathbf{v}}-\frac{\mathbf{n}_{1}}{\mathbf{u}}=\frac{\mathbf{n}_{2}-\mathbf{n}_{1}}{\mathbf{R}}\)
(OR)
Derive curved surface formula.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 30

  • Consider a curved surface separating two media of refractive indices n1, and n2.
  • A point object is placed on the principal axis at point ‘O’.
  • The ray which travels along the principal axis passes through the pole undeviated.
  • The second ray, which forms an angle with a princi¬pal axis, meets the interface at A. The angle of incidence is Q1. The ray bends and passes through the second medium along the line AI. The angle of refraction is Q2.
  • The two refracted rays meet at I and the image is formed there.
  • 6) Let the angle made by the second refracted ray with principal axis be γ and the angle between the normal and principal axis be β.
  • From figure,

PO = u (object distance), PI = v (Image distance),
PC = R (radius of curvature) and n1, n2 are refractive indices of the media.
From ∆ACO, θ1 = α + β
∆ACI, β = θ2 + γ
⇒ θ2 = β – γ
According to Snell’s law, n1sin θ1 = n2 sin θ2.
∴ n1 sin (α + β) = n2 sin (β – γ) …………….. (1)
As per paraxial approximation,
sin (α + β) = α + β and sin (β – γ) = β – γ.
∴ (1) ⇒ n1(α + β) = n2 (β – γ)
⇒ n1 α + n1β = n2 β – n2 γ — (2)
Since all angles are small, we can write
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 31
∴ This is the required relation for curved surfaces.

Question 2.
Derive expression for lens maker’s formula.
(OR)
Prove \(\frac{1}{\mathbf{f}}=(\mathbf{n}-\mathbf{1})\left(\frac{1}{\mathbf{R}_{1}}-\frac{1}{\mathbf{R}_{2}}\right)\).
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 32
Procedure :

  • Imagine a point object ‘O’ placed on the principal axis of the thin lens
  • Let this lens be placed in a medium of refractive index na and let refractive index of lens be nb.
  • Consider a ray, from ‘O’ which is incident on the convex surface of the lens with radius of curvature R1 at A.
  • The incident ray refracts at A.
  • It forms image at Q, if there were no concave surface.
  • From figure Object distance PO = – u;

Image distance PQ = v = x
Radius of curvature R = R1
n1 = na and n2 = nb.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 33

  • But the ray that has refracted at A suffers another refraction at B on the concave surface with radius of curvature (R2).
  • At B the ray is refracted and reaches I.
  • The image Q of the object due to the convex surface. So I is the image of Q for concave surface.
  • Object distance u = PQ = + x
    Image distance PI = v
    Radius of curvature R = – R2
  • The refraction of the concave surface of lens is medium -1 and surrounding is medium – 2.
    ∴ n1 = nb and n2 = na

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 34

Question 3.
Derive the lens formula.
Answer:
1. Consider an object 00′ placed on the principal axis in front of a convex lens as shown in the figure. Let II’ be the real image formed by the lens, i.e. the other side of it.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 35
2. From the figure : PO, PI, PFt are the object distance, image distance and focal length respectively.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 36
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 37

10th Class Physics 6th Lesson Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces InText Questions and Answers

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 64

Question 1.
What happens to a ray that is incident on a curved interface separating the two media? Are the laws of refraction still valid?
Answer:
It undergoes deviation from its path. Yes, the laws of reflection are still valid.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces

Question 2.
How do rays betid when they are incident on a curved surface?
Answer:
A ray will bend towards the normal when it travels from rarer to denser medium and bends away from the normal when it travels from denser to a rarer medium.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 65

Question 3.
What happens to ray that travels along the principal axis? Similarly, a ray that travels through the centre of curvature?
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 40
Answer:
According to Snell’s law the ray which travels along the normal drawn to the surface does not deviate from its path. Hence both rays in the given condition travel along normal, so they do not deviate.

Question 4.
What difference do you notice in the refracted rays in 4 (a) and 4 (b)? What could be the reason for that difference?
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 41
Answer:

  • In figure 4 (a) ray travelling parallel to the principal axis strikes a convex surface and passes from a rarer medium to a denser medium.
  • In figure 4 (b) a ray travelling parallel to the principal axis strikes a convex surface passes from a denser medium to a rarer medium.
  • Figure 4 (a) : The refracted ray moves towards the normal.
  • Figure 4 (b) : The refracted ray moves away from the normal.
    Reason : The main reason is that light passes through different media.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 66

Question 5.
What difference do you notice in refracted rays in 4 (c) and 4 (d)? What could be the reasons for that difference?
(OR)
Draw the ray diagrams when the incident ray passes through the curved surfaces.
a) Rarer medium to denser medium.
b) Denser medium to rarer medium.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 42
Answer:

  • In figure 4 (c) a ray travelling parallel to the principal axis strikes a concave surface and passes from a denser medium to a rarer medium.
  • In figure 4 (d) a ray travelling parallel to the principal axis strikes a concave surface and passes from a rarer medium to a denser medium.

Reasons :

  • Figure 4 (c) :The refracted ray reaches a particular point on the principal axis.
  • Figure 4 (d) : The refracted ray moves away from the principal axis.
  • The main reason is that light passes through different media.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces

Question 6.
You might have observed that a lemon in the water of a glass tumbler appears bigger than its actual size, when viewed from the sides of tumbler.
1) How can you explain this (appeared) change in size of lemon?
Answer:
It can be explained by using refraction. When light travels from one medium to another medium it undergoes refraction.

2) Is the lemon that appears bigger in size an image of lemon or is it the real lemon?
Answer:
That is image of lemon.

3) Can you draw a ray diagram to explain this phenomenon?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 43

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 70

Question 7.
What happens to the light ray when a transparent material with two curved surfaces is placed in its path?
Answer:
The light ray undergoes refraction.

Question 8.
Have you heard about lenses?
Answer:
Yes, we have heard about lenses. A transparent material bounded by two spherical v surfaces is called lens.

Question 9.
How does a light ray behave when it is passed through a lens?
Answer:
A light ray will deviate from its path in some cases and does not deviate in some other cases.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 72

Question 10.
How does the lens form an image?
Answer:
Lens forms an image through converging light rays or diverging light rays.

Question 11.
If we allow a light ray to pass through the focus, which path does it take?
Answer:
The ray passing through the focus takes a parallel path to principal axis after refraction.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 73

Question 12.
What happens when parallel rays of light fall on a lens making some angle with the principal axis?
Answer:’
The rays converge at a point (or) appear to diverge from a point lying on the focal plane.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces

Question 13.
What do you mean by an object at infinity? What type of rays fall on the lens?
Answer:
The distance between the lens and the object is very much greater than when compared to object size is known as object at infinity. Parallel rays fall on the lens.
The object at infinity means distant object. The rays falling on the lens from an object at infinity are parallel to principal axis.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 77

Question 14.
Could you get an image on the screen for every object distance with a convex lens?
Answer:
No, when the object is placed between pole and focus we will get virtual, erect and enlarged image on the other side of the- object.

Question 15.
Why don’t you get an image for certain object distances?
Answer:
Because at those distances the light rays diverge each other.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces

Question 16.
Can you find the minimum limiting object distance for obtaining a real image? What do you call this minimum limiting object distance?
Answer:
Yes, this minimum limiting object distance is called focal length.

Question 17.
When you do not get an image on the screen, try to see the image with your eye directly from the place of the screen. Could you see the image? What type of image do you see?
Answer:
Yes, we can see the image. This is a virtual image which we cannot capture on screen.

Question 18.
Can you find the image distance of a virtual image? How could you do it?
Answer:
We can find the image distance of virtual image by using lens formula \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{f}}=\frac{1}{\mathrm{v}}-\frac{1}{\mathrm{u}}\) (if we know the focal length of lens and object distance.)

10th Class Physics 6th Lesson Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces Activities

Activity – 1

Question 1.
Write an activity to observe the light refraction at curved surface.
Answer:
Procedure and observation :
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 38

  • Draw an arrow of length 4 cm usfng a black sketch pen on a thick sheet of paper.
  • Take an empty cylindrical-shaped transparent vessel.
  • Keep it on the table.
  • Ask your friend to bring the sheet of paper on which arrow was drawn behind the vessel while you look at it from the other side.
  • We will see a diminished image of the arrow.
  • Ask your friend to fill vessel with water.
  • Look at the arrow from the same position as before.
  • We can observe an inverted image.

Explanation :

  • In the first case, when the vessel is empty, light from the arrow refracts at the curved interface, moves through the glass, enters in to air then it again undergoes refraction on the opposite curved surface of vessel and comes out into the air.
  • In this way light travels through two media, comes out of the vessel and forms a diminished image.
  • In the second case, light enters the curved surface, moves through water, comes out of the glass and forms an inverted image.

Lab Activity

Question 2.
Write an activity to know the characteristics of image due to convex lens at various distances.
Answer:
Aim:
Determination of focal length of bi-convex lens using UV method.

Material Required :
V Stand, convex lens, light source, screen, meter scale. Take a V-stand and place it on a long (nearly 2m) table at the middle. Place a convex lens on the v-stand. Imagine the principal axis of the lens. Light a candle and ask your friend to take the candle far away from the lens along the principal axis. Adjust a screen (a sheet of white paper placed perpendicular to the axis) which is on other side of the lens until you get an image on it.

Procedure :

  1. Take a V-stand and place a convex lens on this stand.
  2. Imagine the principal axis of the lens.
  3. Light a candle and ask your friend to take the candle far away from the lens along the principal axis.
  4. We use a screen because it forms a real image generally which will form on a screen. Real images cannot be seen with an eye.
  5. Adjust the screen, on other side of lens until clear image forms on it.
  6. Measure the distance of the image from the stand and also measure the distance between the candle and stand of lens.
  7. Now place the candle at a distance of 60 cm from the lens such as the flame of the candle lies on the principal axis of the lens.
  8. Try to get an image of candle flame on the other side on a screen.
  9. Adjust the screen till you get a clear image.
  10. Measure the distance of image (v) from lens and record the value of’u’ and V in the table.
  11. Repeat this for various distances of images; in all cases note them in the table.

Observation :
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 6 Refraction of Light at Curved Surfaces 39
Conclusion : From this we conclude that a convex lens forms both real and virtual images when object is placed at various positions.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions 3rd Lesson Transportation

10th Class Biology 3rd Lesson Transportation 1 Mark Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What happens if blood platelets are absent in blood?
Answer:

  1. Blood clotting do not be takes place.
  2. So bleeding from the injuries occurs continuously leads to death of the person.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 2.
When do you think that our pulse rate goes up?
Answer:
Running, Exercise, Fear, Tension, Climbing up stairs.

Question 3.
List out the apparatus required to conduct root pressure experiments in plant.
Answer:
Clamp, glass tube, strong rubber tube, potted plant.

Question 4.
What happens if there are no valves in the Heart?
Answer:

  1. The valves between each atrium and its ventricles are one way valves. They allow the blood to flow from atrium to the ventricles without any hindrance, back flow of blood is stopped.
  2. If there are no valves in the heart, blood flow will not be proper, heart can not pump the blood properly into the blood vessels.

Question 5.
What is meant by pulse?
Answer:

  1. When we keep our finger at the wrist where the artery is passing into the hand, we feel the pressure of blood moving in it. This is the pulse,
  2. The rate of pulse will be equal to the number of heart beats.

Question 6.
Two person’s Blood Pressure is like this:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation 1
Whose Blood Pressure is high? What does it indicate?
Answer:
The normal blood pressure is 120/80
The numerator 120 indicates systolic pressure.
The denominator 80 indicates diastolic pressure.
Ramaiah B.P. is 140/80. So he has high blood pressure.

Question 7.
How does lymph differ from blood?
Answer:

  1. RBC are present in blood, RBC are absent in lymph.
  2. Blood is Red in colour, lymph is colourless.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 8.
Name the largest artery in the body.
Answer:
Aorta is the largest artery in the body.

Question 9.
Name the apparatus, shown in the figure below.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation 2
Answer:
Sphygmomanometer.

Question 10.
List out the materials you have used to observe the goat heart in your laboratory.
Answer:

  1. Freshly collected specimen of goat’s heart
  2. Soda straws
  3. Used pen refils
  4. The sharp and long blade
  5. Tray
  6. A jug of water
  7. Dissection scissors
  8. Forceps
  9. Gloves

Question 11.
Name any two valves present in human heart.
Answer:

  1. The valve that is present between left atrium and left ventricle is mitral valve or bicuspid valve.
  2. The valve that is present between right atrium and right ventricle is the tricuspid valve.

Question 12.
Siri injured while playing, and the blood is flowing continuously from the wound, what may be the reason for this?
Answer:
a) Vitamin – K is helpful for clotting of blood. Perhaps Siri might be suffering from a deficiency of Vitamin – K. So, blood is flowing continuously from the wound,
b) He may be suffering from thalassemia.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 13.
Prepare two questions, which you ask the doctor to know more details about high blood pressure.
Answer:
a) How can we know that we have high blood pressure?
b) What are the adverse affects of high blood pressure?
c) How can we prevent high blood pressure?
d) What diet should you prescribe for high BP patients?

Question 14.
What is the number of heart beats in new born babies.
Answer:
Number of heart beats in new born babies are 100-150 times.

Question 15.
What is the number of heart beats in well trained adult athletes.
Answer:
Number of heart beats in well trained adult athletes are 40 – 60 times.

Question 16.
Where is heart located in our body? How is it protected?
Answer:
Heart is located in between the lungs and protected by rib cage.

Question 17.
What is the size of our heart?
Answer:
The size of our heart is approximately size of our fist.

Question 18.
What is the shape and structure of heart?
Answer:
The heart is a pear shaped structure, triangle in the outline, wider at the anterior end and narrower at the posterior end.

Question 19.
What protects the heart from shocks?
Answer:
The space between the two layers of pericardial membrane (Pericardium) is filled with pericardial fluid which protects the heart from shocks.

Question 20.
What divides the heart into four parts?
Answer:
The heart is divided into four parts by grooves.

Question 21.
What are the blood vessels that supply blood to muscles of the heart?
Answer:
The blood vessels that supply blood to muscles of the heart are coronary vessels.

Question 22.
Which is the largest artery in the body?
Answer:
Aorta is the largest artery in the body.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 23.
Which artery supplies deoxygenated blood from heart to lungs?
Answer:
Pulmonary artery supplies deoxygenated blood from heart to lungs.

Question 24.
What are the two veins that collect blood from anterior parts and posterior parts of the body?
Answer:
Superior venacava (pre-caval vein) collects blood from anterior parts of the body and inferior venacava (Post-caval vein) collects blood from posterior parts of the body.

Question 25.
Who studied the veins in the leg and what did he notice?
Answer:
In 1574, an Italian doctor, Girolamo Fabrici, studied the veins in the leg and noticed the presence of valves in them.

Question 26.
What are the very fine blood vessels that connect smallest arteries and veins called?
Answer:
The very fine blood vessels that connect smallest arteries and veins are called capillaries.

Question 27.
Who discovered the capillaries in the wings of bats ?
Answer:
Marcello Malpighi discovered the capillaries (1661) in the wings of bats.

Question 28.
On which day the human heart starts beating during the embryonic development?
Answer:
The human heart starts beating around 21st day during the embryonic development.

Question 29.
What is cardiac cycle ?
Answer:
One contraction and one relaxation of atria and ventricles is called one cardiac cycle.

Question 30.
One cardiac cycle completes in approximately?
Answer:
The whole process of one cardiac cycle completes in approximately in 0.8 seconds.

Question 31.
The cardiac cycle includes?
Answer:
The cardiac cycle includes an active phase systole and a resting phase the diastole of atria and ventricles.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 32.
The number of heart beats in Blue Whale?
Answer:
The number of heart beats in Blue Whale are 7 times.

Question 33.
The number of heart beats in the bird Coaltit?
Answer:
The number of heart beats in the bird coaltit are 1200 times.

Question 34.
What is Edema?
Answer:
Edema is the condition in which the lower part of the legs will be swollen due to overnight journey in sitting position without moving legs.

Question 35.
What is single circulation of blood?
Answer:
If blood flows through heart only once in one circulation is called single circulation, e.g: Fish.

Question 36.
What is double circulation of blood?
Answer:
If the blood flows through the heart twice in one circulation is called double circulation, e.g : Frog and man.

Question 37.
What is lymph?
Answer:
Lymph is the substance that contains blood without solid particles.

Question 38.
What is tissue fluid?
Answer:
To supply nutrients to the cells the liquid portion of the blood with nutrients flows out of the capillaries. This is called tissue fluid.

Question 39.
What is serum?
Answer:
The light yellow coloured liquid portion after formation of the blood clot is called serum.

Question 40.
In which organism does protoplasm show Brownian movements?
Answer:
Protoplasm shows Brownian movements in Amoeba.

Question 41.
Which organisms use sea water for transportation?
Answer:
The poriferans/parazoans like sponges use sea water for transportation.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 42.
Which takes up the function of digestion and transportation of nutrients to each and every cell of the body in cnidarians?
Answer:
Gastrovascular cavity takes up the function of digestion and transportation of nutrients to each and every cell of the body in cnidarians. e.g: Hydra and Jelly fish.

Question 43.
In which animals is the digestive system highly branched and digested food to all the cells is supplied?
Answer:
The digestive system is highly branched and supplies digested food to all the cells in platyhelminthes.

Question 44.
Which takes up the function of collection and distribution of materials in Nematyhelminthes?
Answer:
The Pseudocoelom takes up the function of collection and distribution of materials in Nematyhelminthes.

Question 45.
What are the first Eucoelomate animals?
Answer:
The Annelids are the first eucoelomate animals.

Question 46.
Which have developed the heart, a pulsative organ to pump the blood?
Answer:
The Arthropods have developed the heart, a pulsative organ to pump the blood.

Question 47.
What is lymphatic system?
Answer:
Lymphatic system is a parallel system to venous system which collects tissue fluid from tissues and transports it to the venous system.

Question 48.
What is open type of circulatory system?
Answer:
The transportation system which supplies nutrients to the tissues directly is called open type of circulatory system, e.g: Arthropods, many molluscs and lower chordates.

Question 49.
What is closed type of circulatory system?
Answer:
The transportation system where the blood takes the responsibility of delivering the materials, which flows in the blood vessels is called closed type of circulatory system, e.g : Annelids, echinoderms, cephalopod molluscs and all the higher animals.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 50.
Where do doctors measure blood pressure in human beings?
Answer:
Doctors measure blood pressure in the upper arm artery.

Question 51.
What is the instrument used to measure blood pressure?
Answer:
The instrument used to measure blood pressure is a sphygmomanometer.

Question 52.
What is the normal blood pressure of a human being?
Answer:
The normal blood pressure of a human being is 120/80.

Question 53.
What is Hypertension? (OR)
What is high blood pressure?
Answer:
In some people high blood pressure more than the normal blood pressure of 120/80 is present during rest period. Such a condition is called Hypertension usually called high B.P.

Question 54.
Which vitamin plays an important role in coagulation of blood?
Answer:
Vitamin – K plays an important role in the coagulation of blood.

Question 55.
What is Haemophilia?
Answer:
Due to genetic defect, the blood may not coagulate or clot. This type of defect is called haemophilia.

Question 56.
What is Thalassemia?
Answer:
Thalassemia is a group of inherited blood disorders characterized by mild to severe anaemia caused by haemoglobin deficiency in the red blood cells.

Question 57.
Why is the blood pressure more in arteries than veins?
Answer:
The arteries receives blood directly from the heart hence the pressure is more in arteries than veins.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 58.
Why is the wall of left ventricle thicker than that of the right ventricle?
Answer:
The left ventricle pumps blood to more distant parts of the body such as from heart to fingers and toes. Hence the wall of left ventricle is thicker than that of the right ventricle.

Question 59.
How is xylem situated in the root and the stem?
Answer:
In the root the xylem tissue is situated towards the exterior while in the stem it is arranged in bundles towards the center.

Question 60.
Which process plays an important role in the absorption of water by root hairs?
Answer:
Osmosis plays an important role in the absorption of water by root hairs.

Question 61.
What is transpiration?
Answer:
Evaporation of water in the form of water vapour through stomata of leaves is called transpiration.

Question 62.
What are the different types of nutrients required for plant growth?
Answer:
Micronutrients and macronutrients are the different types of nutrients required for plant growth.

Question 63.
Which tissue transports water to all the other parts of the plant?
Answer:
Xylem tissue transports water to all the other parts of the plant.

Question 64.
Which tissue transports food to all the other parts of the plant?
Answer:
Phloem tissue transports food to all the other parts of the plant.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 65.
What is the amount of water that an oak tree can transpire per day?
Answer:
The amount of water that oak tree can transpire per day is 900 liters.

Question 66.
How many liters of water does a fully grown maize plant transpire in a week?
Answer:
Fully grown maize plant transpires 15 liters per week.

Question 67.
How does the opening and closing of stomata take place?
Answer:
When guard cells are filled with water, the walls of the cells are pulled away and the pores open up. When the water content is low the walls of guard cells collapse and close the stomata.

Question 68.
The rate of transpiration depends upon?
Answer:
The rate of transpiration depends on temperature, humidity, wind velocity, soil, water content, etc.

Question 69.
How does the transpiration help the leaf of a plant?
Answer:
Transpiration helps to keep the leaf surface at a lower temperature than the surrounding air.

Question 70.
What is translocation?
Answer:
The transport of soluble product of photosynthesis through phloem is known as translocation.

Question 71.
Why are the artery walls very strong and elastic?
Answer:
Because they are carrying blood away from the heart to every cell of the body tissue and are doing with a lot of pressure. So the walls are thick to enable it to do its job and are elastic.

Question 72.
The lumen size is bigger in vein when compared with artery. Why?
Answer:
Veins are generally large in diameter, carry more blood volume and have thinner wall in proportion to their lumen.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 73.
What is the function of the Gastrovascular cavity?
Answer:
Digestion and transportation of nutrients to each cell of the body in cnidarians is the function of Gastrovascular cavity.

Question 74.
What is the meaning of the word lymph in Latin?
Answer:
In Latin, lymph means water.

Question 75.
It is advisable to take limited food in journey? Why?
Answer:
The body movements will be less in the journey. So taking little food is good for easy digestion.

Question 76.
It is advised to take low amounts of salt in food? Why?
Answer:
Salt (sodium) levels will be more in accumulated water at the time of edema. If salt is not reduced in food the salt levels increase in blood and cause other problems in the body. Hence it is advised to take low amounts of salt in food.

Question 77.
When do you think that our pulse rate goes up?
Answer:
Our pulse rate goes up after jogging, running, strenuous exercise, during fear, anxiety, etc.

Question 78.
Sometimes barks of the tree damaged more than a half, even though tree is alive. How is this possible?
Answer:
In the root the xylem tissue is situated towards the exterior while in the stem it is arranged in bundles towards the center. Hence if the barks of the tree are damaged more than a half there is no obstruction to flow of water, the tree is alive.

Question 79.
Which animals do great damage particularly to beech and sycamore?
Answer:
Grey squirrels do great damage particularly to beech and sycamore.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 80.
Which predators are encouraged by foresters to keep down the population of voles and rabbits that damage plants?
Answer:
Foxes, Badgers, Hawks, Owls are encouraged by foresters to keep down the population of voles and Rabbits that damage plants.

Question 81.
What is Rhesus factor?
Answer:

  1. It is an antigen occuring on the red blood cells of many humans (85%) and same other primates known as the rhesus factor.
  2. It also plays major role in transfusion.
  3. Rhesus factor was first discovered in rhesus monkeys.

10th Class Biology 3rd Lesson Transportation 2 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Using the data collected by you, from internet and other sources, make a report on coagulation of blood.
Answer:
The process of clotting of blood from the blood vessels when a person injured is known as blood coagulation. Blood platelets starts the process of blood coagulation. When the blood flows out, the platelets release an enzyme called “Thrombokinase”. Thrombokinase acts on prothrombin converting it into thrombin.
Thrombin acts on another substance called fibrin that is present in dissolved state converting it into insoluble fibrin. The blood cells entangle in the fibrin fibres forming the clot.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation 3

Question 2.
By the information provided by scientist William Harvey, complete the following table.

SI. No. Vessel Structure / function Artery Vein
1. Thickness of walls (Thick / Thin)
2. Valves (Present / Absent)
3. Pressure in the vessels (low / high)
4. Direction of blood flow (heart to organs / body organs to heart)

Answer:

SI. No. Vessel Structure / function Artery Vein
1. Thickness of walls (Thick / Thin) Thick thin
2. Valves (Present / Absent) Absent Present
3. Pressure in the vessels (low / high) high low
4. Direction of blood flow (heart to organs body organs to heart) heart to organs body organs to heart

Question 3.
How did you prepare a match-stick Stethoscope in your school?
Answer:

  1. Take a shirt button.
  2. Insert a matchstick into the button.
  3. Place it on wrist.
  4. We have to observe the movements of the matchstick.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 4.
After reading the functions of lymphatic system, what precautions you would suggest to your elders about Edema ?
Answer:

  1. Should not sit in the same position for long time.
  2. Should move legs frequently.
  3. Should sit in a up right position.
  4. Take low salt diet.
  5. Do exercise regularly.
  6. Protect themselves from extreme temperature changes.

Question 5.
What will happen if pulmonary veins are tied with a thread?
Answer:
The pulmonary vein brings oxygenated blood from the lungs and open into left auricle. If the pulmonary veins are tied with a thread the oxygenated blood will not supply to the heart and body parts from the lungs. Hence the person will die because of lack of oxygen.

Question 6.
Suggest some precautions to avoid cardiac problems.
(OR)
What changes would you like to bring in your life style to avoid cardiac problems?
Answer:
I will bring following changes in my lifestyle.

  1. Avoid heavy fat food and junk food.
  2. Try to spend stress free life as stress leads to cardiac problems.
  3. I will do regular physical exercise or work to keep myself fit.
  4. Keep away from bad habits like smoking and alcohol consumption.
  5. After 40 years, yearly twice I will consult cardiologist.

Question 7.
Read the Para:
Platelets play major role in the coagulation of blood. Whenever the blood flows from the wound, platelets releases the enzyme called Thrombokinase. Thrombokinase acts on another substance present in the blood called prothrombin converting it into thrombin. Thrombin acts on another substance called fibrin that present in the dissolved state converting it into insoluble Fibrin fibers. The blood cells entangle in the Fibrin fibers forming the clot.
Now, answer the following questions:
a) What happens if blood is not coagulated?
Answer:
If blood is not coagulated, it bleeds continuously from the wound, some times it leads to death of a person.

b) Which enzyme helps in the coagulation process?
Answer:
The enzyme thrombokinase helps in coagulation process.

c) How is Thrombin formed?
Answer:
Thrombokinase acts on another substance present in blood called prothrombin converting it into thrombin.

d) What do we call the yellow coloured fluid appear after the formation of the clot?
Answer:
The yellow coloured fluid appear after the formation of the clot is SERUM.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 8.
Observe the following table and answer the questions.

Name of the animal Weight of the body Weight of the heart No. of beats / min.
Blue whale 1,50,000 kgs 750 kgs 7
Elephant 3,000 kgs 12-21 kgs 46
Man 60-70 kgs 300 grams 76
Coal Tit Bird 8 grams 0.15 grams 1200

i) What is meant by Cardiac cycle?
Answer:
One contraction and one relaxation of atria and ventricles is called one Cardiac Cycle.

ii) Write relation between the weight of the heart and heart beat.
Answer:
If the heart weight increases the rate of heart beat decreases and if the heart weight is less and the rate of heart beat is more.

Question 9
Look at the following table and answer the questions.

Name of the Student Systolic Pressure Diastolic Pressure
Kiran 120 80
Rajesh 160 100

a) Who is healthy person? Why?
b) Who is suffering from hypertension? What are the reasons?
Answer:
a) Kiran is a healthy Person as he has normal blood pressure of 120/80 mm/Hg.
b) Rajesh is suffering from hypertension. Reasons for hypertension are eating foods with high salt, obesity, smoking habits, alcohol consumption, lack of physical exercises and hereditary reasons.

Question 10.
What would happen if transpiration doesn’t occur in plants?
Answer:
i) Transpiration is a process by which plants lose excess of water in the form of water vapour, which in turn returns to environment and comes down as rain. Forests have the highest rainfall due to transpiration.

ii) If plants do not transpire, it affects rainfall.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 11.
Neelima conducted an activity on her friends and got the following results.

S.No. Name Heart beat at rest/min Heart beat after jogging / min Pulse rate at rest / min
1. Jeevan 72 109 72
2. Raju 75 110 74
3. Reshma 73 111 73

i) What is the relation between heart beat and pulse rate?
Answer:
Heart beat rate is equal to pulse rate.

ii) Why is the heart beat rate more after jogging?
Answer:
In the jogging muscles need more oxygen to produce high energy. To supply this oxygen heart beat is increased after jogging.

Question 12.
A person is injured while playing on the ground. Blood is flowing continuously. What might be the reasons?
Answer:
In this case blood is not clotting. Because

  1. He may be suffering from ‘Haemophilia’.
  2. Blood platelets are less in number.
  3. He may suffer from vitamin-K deficiency.
  4. Enzyme ‘Thrombokinase’ may not release.

Question 13.
What questions do you pose to your teacher to understand ‘blood clotting’?
Answer:

  1. What is coagulation?
  2. How does blood coagulate?
  3. What are the factors responsible for coagulation?
  4. What happens if coagulation occurs in blood vessels?
  5. Which substance prevents coagulation of blood in blood vessels?
  6. Which vitamin is required for coagulation of blood?
  7. What happens if coagulation of blood does not occur when we meet with accidents?
  8. Which cells present in blood help in coagulation of blood?

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 14.
Where are the valves located in human heart? Write their names.
Answer:
Valves present in human heart.

Name of the valve Location Allows blood to flow from
1. Tricuspid Valve Right auriculoventricular septum Right atrium to right ventricle.
2. Bicuspid Valve (Mitral Valve) Left auriculoventricular septum. Left atrium to left ventricle.
3. Pulmonary Valve At the origin of pulmonary aorta in the right ventricle. Allows blood to flow from right ventricle into pulmonary aorta.
4. Systemic Valves (Aortic Valves) At the origin of systemic- aorta in the left ventricle. Allows blood to flow from left ventricle into the systemic aorta.

Question 15.
What happens if there are no valves in veins?
Answer:

  1. If the valves are absent in veins blood will not flow in unidirection and flows backward too.
  2. Blood will not be supplied to heart properly.
  3. Bulging of veins may takes place.

Question 16.
Which items do you take into consideration to explain the differences of arteries and veins?
Answer:
I would like to consider the following items to explain the difference between arteries and veins. They are thickness of walls, valves, capacity to retain shape when blood is absent, direction of blood flow, pressure in the vessels, type of blood transported, type of blood carried by pulmonary artery and type of blood carried by pulmonary vein.

Question 17.
When you know the heart pumping method is circulatory system, which issue do you remember particularly? What’s the reason for that?
Answer:
The heart beats faster during and after an exercise remembered by me. Because at that time our body needs more energy under these conditions. The faster breathing of heart pumps blood more rapidly to the body organs which supplies more oxygen to the body cells for rapid respiration to produce more energy. That is a great job for heart muscle.

Question 18.
Classify different types of blood vessels in humans. On what bases do you classify blood vessels?
Answer:

  1. There are three types of blood vessels called arteries, veins and capillaries present in humans.
  2. These blood vessels are classified on the basis of thickness of walls, valves, capacity to retain shape when blood is absent, direction of blood flow, pressure in the vessel, type of blood transported, type of blood carried by pulmonary artery or vein.

Question 19.
Anil fell down while going to school, got knee injury, started bleeding. After sometime he wondered on seeing blood clot? Why did blood clot?
Answer:
Blood clotting normally occurs when there is damage to blood vessel. Platelets immediately begin to combine to the cut edges of the vessel and release chemicals to attract even more platelets. A platelet clot is formed and the external bleeding stops.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 20.
How is the human heart protected from shocks or injuries?
Answer:
Protection of human heart:

  1. Heart in human beings is protected in different ways.
  2. It is enclosed in a double layered, transparent thin membrane called pericardium.
  3. The space between the inner and outer layers is called pericardial space.
  4. This space is filled with a fluid called pericardial fluid.
  5. Pericardium and pericardial fluid protect the heart from physical shocks.
  6. It is also protected by ribcage or chest cavity.

Question 21.
Describe the blood vessels that carry away blood from human heart.
Answer:

  1. The rigid vessels called arteries which originate from the heart supply blood to various organs in the body.
  2. From the upper part of the left ventricle a thick blood vessel called Systemic Aorta arises. It supplies oxygenated blood to the body parts.
  3. From the upper part of the right ventricle pulmonary artery arises. It supplies deoxygenated blood to the lungs.
  4. A pair of coronary arteries (vessels) carry oxygenated blood to the muscles of heart.

Question 22.
What is a mitral valve? What is its function?
Answer:

  1. Mitral valve: The valve present between left atrium and vertricle is known as mitral valve.
  2. Function: It allows blood to flow from left atrium to left ventricle. It also known as bicuspid valve.

Question 23.
Describe the external features of heart.
Answer:

  1. Heart is a hollow organ. It is situated slightly towards left side in the middle of the chest cavity.
  2. It is made up of cardiac muscle.
  3. It is pear shaped wider at the anterior and narrower at the posterior end.
  4. It is protected by ribcage and vertebral column.
  5. Generally it is the size of the one’s fist.

Question 24.
What are the differences between right ventricle and left ventricle?
Answer:

Right ventricle Left ventricle
1. Smaller in size. 1. Larger in size.
2. Pulmonary artery takes its origin. 2. Aorta takes its origin.
3. Receives deoxygenated blood from right auricle. 3. Receives oxygenated blood from left auricle.
4. Pumps deoxygenated blood to lungs. 4. Pumps oxygenated blood to all parts of the body except lungs.
5. Tricuspid valve guards the auriculo – ventricular aperture. 5. Bicuspid valve (mitral) guards the left auriculo – ventricular aperture.

Question 25.
How can Thalassemia major be treated?
Answer:

  1. Thalassemia major should be diagnosed as early as possible in order to prevent growth restriction, thin bones and infections in the first year of life.
  2. If Hb is less than 70% or the child shows signs of poor growth and development.
  3. Regular transfusion is the treatment of choice.
  4. This can usually be achieved by carrying out transfusions of concentrated red blood cells at intervals of every three to four weeks.
  5. Today Thalassemia major can be cured by stem cell transplantation.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 26.
Why is double circulation necessary in human beings? Or Why is it necessary to separate oxygenated and deoxygenated blood in mammals and birds?
Answer:

  1. In humans the right side and left side of the human heart is useful to keep deoxygenated and oxygenated blood from mixing.
  2. The separation of oxygenated and deoxygenated blood ensures a highly efficient supply of oxygen to the body.
  3. It is useful in case of humans which constantly require energy to maintain their body temperature constant.

27. In some people blood does not coagulate. Give the reasons for it.
(OR)
What is Haemophilia? What are the causes for it?
Answer:

  1. Normally the blood that comes out from a wound clots in 3 – 6 minutes. But in some people due to vitamin K deficiency it takes more time to clot.
  2. Due to genetic defect blood may not coagulate. This type of defect is called Haemophilia.
  3. Haemophilia is a common disorder in the children who have born from the marriages between very close relatives.

10th Class Biology 3rd Lesson Transportation 4 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is coagulation of blood ? Explain the process of coagulation in brief.
(OR)
Collect information from internet and other sources about blood clotting and prepare a note on it.
Answer:
When the blood vessel is injured, the platelets collect at the site of the injury and form a clot and prevents further loss of blood. This is known as coagulation of blood. Process of Coagulation:

  1. When the blood flows out from injuries, the platelets release an enzyme called thrombokinase.
  2. Thrombokinase acts on another substance present in the blood called prothrombin converting it into thrombin.
  3. Thrombin acts on another substance called fibrin, that is present in dissolved state converting it into insoluble fibrin.
  4. The blood cells entangle in the fibrin fibers forming the clot.
  5. The fibrin fibers are attached to the edges of the wound and pull them together.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 2.
B1, B2, B3, A, C, D, E, K are the symbols of vitamins. Classify these vitamins based on solubility and diseases due to vitamins deficiency.

S.No. Water soluble Disease due to deficiency Fat solube Disease due to deficiency

Answer:

S.No. Water soluble Disease due to deficiency Fat solube Disease due to deficiency
I B1 Beri – Beri A Eye, Skin disease
2 B2 Glossitis D Rickets
3 B3 Pellagra E Fertility disorders
4 Vit C Scurvy K Delay in Blood clotting

Question 3.
Ramu got injured while playing Kabaddi. His blood clotted within 6 minutes. Write the procedure involved in it.
Answer:

When the blood flows out from injuries, the platelets release an enzyme called thrombokinase.
2) Thrombokinase acts on inactive prothrombin and converts into thrombin.
3) Thrombin converts the soluble fibrinogen into insoluble fibrine fibers.
4) The blood cells entangle in the fibrin fibers forming the clot.
(or)
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation 4

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 4.
Read the para:

In the heart, superior vena cava and inferior vena cava opened into right atrium. The pulmonary veins bring blood from the lungs and open into left atrium. The valve present between the right atrium and right ventricle is referred as ‘Tricuspid valve ’. The valve present between the left atrium and left ventricle is refferred as Bicuspid valve. A major blood vessel that originate from right ventricle is Pulmonary Aorta. The valves present at the region of Pulmonary Aorta are called pulmonary valves. A major blood vessel originates from left ventricle is Systemic Aorta. The valves present at the region of Systemic Aorta are called systemic valves.

Now, fill the table with the above information.

Name of the valve Location Way of blood flow Nature of the blood oxygenated / deoxygenated
a. Tricuspid Valve
b. Bicuspid Valve
c. Pulmonary Valves
d. Systemic Valves

Answer:

Name of the valve Location Way of blood flow Nature of the blood oxygenated / deoxygenated
a. Tricuspid Valve Right auriculo ventricular septum Right atrium to right ventricle Deoxygenated blood
b. Bicuspid Valve Left auriculo ventricular septum Left atrium to left ventricle Oxygenated blood
c. Pulmonary Valve At the origin of pulmonary aorta in the right ventricle. From right ventricle into pulmonary aorta Deoxygenated

blood

d. Systemic Valves At the origin of systemic aorta From left ventricle into the systemic aorta Oxygenated blood

Question 5.
Study the given paragraph and answer the questions.

When you cut yourself the blood flows out of the wound for only a short time. Then the cut is filled with a reddish solid material. This solid is called a blood clot. When blood flows,out, the plate lets release an enzyme called thrombokinase. Thrombokinase acts on another substance present in the blood called pro – thrombin converting it in to thrombin. Thrombin acts on another substance called fibrinogen that is present in dissolved state converting it in to insoluble fibrin. The blood cells entangle in the fibrin fibers forming the clot.

A) Which blood cells are helpful in blood coagulation?
B) Which enzyme is responsible for blood coagulation? When is it released?
C) How does soluble fibrinogen in blood convert into insoluble fibrin fibers?
D) What will happen, if blood doesn’t coagulate when wound occurs?
Answer:
A) Blood platelets
B) Thrombokinase is responsible for blood coagulation. When the blood flows out the platelets release this enzyme thrombokinase.
C) Thrombin converts fibrinogen in blood into insoluble fibrin.
D) Blood bleeding from the injuries occurs continuously leads to death.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 6.
i) Label the parts of heart in the diagram below:
ii) Which blood vessel brings deoxygenated blood from all parts of the body?
iii) Which chamber(s) of the heart have more thick walls? Why?
Answer:
i)

  1. Artery to left arm
  2. Pulmonary artery
  3. Left atriu
  4. Left artrioventricular valve
  5. Inferior vena cava
  6. Right atrio – ventricular valve
  7. Right atrium
  8. Superior vena cava

ii) Superior vena cava / Inferior vena cava
iii) Ventricles; to pump blood.

Question 7.
Describe the internal structure of heart with a neat labelled diagram.
(OR)
What is called pumping station in human body? Explain its structure with suitable diagram.
Answer:

  1. Heart is called pumping station in human body.
  2. Internally heart is divided into four parts by grooves.
  3. Two upper parts are called atria, and two lower parts are called ventricles.
  4. The two atria are separated from each by inter-atriolar septum and the right and left ventricles are separated from each other by inter-ventricular septum.
  5. The inter-atriolar septum and inter-ventricular septum prevent mixing of deoxygenated blood in the right side of the heart with oxygenated blood in the left side of the heart.
  6. The walls of the ventricles are relatively thicker than atrial walls.
  7. The largest artery is the aorta which arises from the left ventricle supplies blood to all the body parts except lungs.
  8. Pulmonary artery that arises from the right ventricle carries deoxygenated blood to lungs.
  9. The right atrium and right ventricle are connected to each other by right atrioventricular aperture.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation 5
  10. The left atrium and left ventricle are connected to each other by left atrioventricular aperture.
  11. Tricuspid valve guards the right auriculoventricular aperture and mitral valve or bicuspid valve guards the left atrioventricular aperture.
  12. Blood from the anterior parts of the body is collected by superior venacava which opens into right atrium.
  13. Blood from the posterior parts of the body is collected by inferior venacava or post caval vein which also opens into right atrium.
  14. Coronary arteries supply blood to the muscles of the heart whereas coronary veins collect blood from the heart. It also opens into right atrium.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 8.
Write about the valves, their positions, their functions in human heart. How many blood vessels are attached to heart? Write about their positions and functions.
Answer:
Valves and their positions in Human Heart:

  1. The valve present in between right atrium and right ventricle is Tricuspid valve.
  2. The valve present in between left atrium and left ventricle is Bicuspid valve.
  3. The valve present at the region of pulmonary arota is called Pulmonary valves.
  4. The valves present at the region of systemic arota is called systemic valves.

Blood vessels attached to the heart, their positions and functions:

  1. The blood vessels found in the walls of the heart are coronary vessels which supply blood to muscles of the heart.
  2. From the upper part of the left ventricle aorta arises it supplies oxygenated blood to the body parts.
  3. From the upper part of the right ventricle pulmonary artery arises which supplies deoxygenated blood to the lungs.
  4. The vein which is right side of the heart is superior venacava.
  5. The vein which is coming from the posterior part of the heart is inferior venacava which collects blood from posterior part of the body.

Question 9.
Read the table and answer the following questions.

S.No. Name of the Phylum Type of transport system
1. Cnidarians Gastro vascular cavity
2. Platyhelminthes Digestive system
3. Nematyhelminthes Pseudocoelom
4. Annelida Blood vessels
5. Arthropoda Open circulatory system

i) In which phylum, blood vessels are first formed?
Answer:
Blood vessels first formed in phylum annelida.

ii) In which phylum, organisms have haemoglobin in their blood?
Answer:
Organisms in phylum annelida have haemoglobin in plasma of blood,

iii) In which phylum, digestive system helps in transportation?
Answer:
The digestive system in the phylum cnidarian helps in transportation,

iv) Why do arthropods have open circulatory system?
Answer:
In arthropods blood vessels are absent, sinuses are present. So they have open circulatory system.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 10.
Write a short note on Human Lymphatic System and its functions.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation 6Answer:

  1. Lymphatic system consists of lymph capillaries, lymph vessels, lymph nodes and lymph glands.
  2. To supply nutrients to the cells (tissues), the liquid portion of the blood with nutrients flows out of the capillaries. This is called tissue fluid.
  3. To transport the tissue fluid into the main blood stream, a separate system called lymphatic system is present.
  4. Lymph is the vital link between blood and tissues by which essential substances pass from blood to cells and excretory products from cells to blood.
  5. Lymph is the substance that contains blood without solid particles.
  6. From intercellular spaces, lymph goes into lymphatic capillaries.
  7. Lymphatic capillaries join to form large lymph vessels which finally open into larger veins.
  8. Lymph flows only in one direction, that is from tissues to heart through veins.
    Functions of Lymph:
    a) Lymph carries digested and absorbed fats from small intestine to different tissues of the body.
    b) It helps in removing waste materials from the cells in the body to drain into blood.
    c) Lymph protects cells in the tissues from infection.

Question 11.
Explain the process of coagulation of blood.
Answer:

  1. When the blood flows out from injuries, the platelets release an enzyme called thrombokinase.
  2. Thrombokinase acts on another substance present in the blood called prothrombin converting it into thrombin.
  3. Thrombin acts on another substance called fibrin, that is present in dissolved state converting it into insoluble fibrin.
  4. The blood cells entangle in the fibrin fibers forming the clot.
  5. The fibrin fibers are attached to the edges of the wound and pull them together.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 12.
Observe the given diagram. Which type of cardiac cycle does it indicate? Explain the process that happens here.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation 7Answer:

  1. It indicates double circuit circulation. It includes pulmonary circulation and systemic circulation.
  2. Here blood flows through the heart twice for completing one circulation. Hence it is called double circulation.
  3. In this circuit deoxygenated blood from organs of body is collected into the right auricle and then sent into right ventricle. From right ventricle blood is pumped to the lungs. In the lungs blood is oxygenated and is returned to the left auricle by pulmonary vein. This circulation is known as pulmonary circulation.
  4. In systemic circulation the oxygenated blood from the left auricle is pumped into the left ventricle. From the left ventricle blood is pumped into the systemic aorta. This aorta supplies blood to various organs of the body.

Question 13.
In human body “A” is a pumping organ. From lungs blood vessel “B” with oxygen¬ated blood enters upper “C” part of left chamber of the organ. When “C” chamber contracts blood flows into “D” lower left chamber. “D” chamber contracts blood is pumped to all parts of the body except lungs through blood vessel E. Deoxygen¬ated blood from body parts is collected by blood vessel “F’ and opens upper “G” right chamber. This chamber contracts blood flows “H” lower chamber. Lastly “H” contracts De-oxygenated blood sent to lungs by blood vessel “I”.
a) “A” represents what organ?
b) (i) B (ii) E (iii) F and (iv) I are what blood vessels? Write their names.
c) (i) C (ii) D are what chambers?
d) (i) G (ii) H are what chambers? Write their names.
Answer:
a) Heart
b) i) B – Pulmonary vein
ii) E – Systemic aorta
iii) F – Superior or Inferior venacava
iv) I – Pulmonary artery
c) i) C – Left atrium
ii) D – Left ventricle
d) i) G – Right atrium
ii) H – Right ventricle

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 14.
Which blood vessels bring blood to human heart and from where?
Answer:

  1. There are three large veins that bring blood to heart from all the body parts.
  2. From upper parts of the body (from head and neck) blood is collected by superior venacava.
  3. The inferior venacava brings deoxygenated blood from lower parts of the body like abdomen, hands and legs. These caval veins open into right auricle.
  4. The third vein called pulmonary vein brings oxygenated blood from lungs and open into left ventricle.
  5. In addition to these, veins called coronary veins bring deoxygenated blood from the walls of the heart. They also open into right auricle.

Question 15.
Give an account of valves in the human heart. (OR)
Write about different valves present in human heart and their uses.
Answer:

  1. Heart has valves which allow the flow of blood only in one direction and prevents its flow in backward direction. Valves are held in position by tough connective tissue called chordaetendinae.
  2. Right auriculo – ventricular aperture is controlled by a tricuspid valve which allows the blood flow from right auricle to right ventricle.
  3. Left auriculo – ventricular aperture is provided with bicuspid valve which controls the blood flow from left auricle to left ventricle.
  4. At the origin of pulmonary aorta in the right ventricle three half moon shaped or semilunar valves present which allow the blood to flow from right ventricle into pulmonary aorta.
  5. At the origin of systemic aorta in the left ventricle there are three semilunar aortic valves which allow the blood flow from left ventricle into the aorta.

Question 16.
What is pulmonary circuit ? Explain it with the help of a block diagram.
Answer:

  1. In pulmonary circulation the deoxygenated blood collected by superior and inferior venacava enters right auricle.
  2. From right auricle the deoxygenated blood enters right ventricle from there it send to the lungs by pulmonary artery.
  3. From lungs pulmonary vein carries oxygenated blood into left auricle. From here blood enters into left ventricle.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation 8

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 17.
What is systemic circuit? Explain it with the help of a block diagram.
Answer:

  1. In systemic circulation oxygenated blood from left atrium is pumped into left ventricle.
  2. From left ventricle the blood is carried to different parts of the body through systemic Aorta.
  3. The deoxygenated blood from all the body parts is collected into right auricle through inferior and Superior Venacava.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation 9

Question 18.
Complete the following table with the details of arteries and veins.

Blood vessels Draw figure Thickness of the wall Layers of the wall Lumen size Capacity to retain the shape

Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation 10

Question 19.
How did multicellular animals solve their problem of transport of substances?
(OR)
Write about the evolution we see in the transport system of multicellular animals.
Answer:

  1. Early in the evolution, multicellular animals have solved their problem of transport by dissolving majority of the required substances in water and then transporting to various body parts. Ex: Sponges to Heimenthes.
  2. Later on the evolution, special fluids like blood and lymph have been developed for the transport of substances within the body. Ex: Insects.
  3. In primitive animals, necessary force for transport of these fluids was given by contraction and relaxation of body muscles. These fluids were circulated with in the body cavity. Ex: Earthworm.
  4. Later on evolution, for circulation of fluids a closed circulatory system was developed. This consists of heart, blood vessels and blood. Ex: Amphibians, reptiles, aves and mammals.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 20.
What is blood pressure? How is it measured?
Answer:

  1. The pressure with which the blood flows in the blood vessels is known as blood pressure.
  2. Blood pressure is measured in the upper artery.
  3. There are two pressure readings.
  4. One measures the strongest pressure during the time blood is forced out of the ventricles. This is called systolic pressure.
  5. For a healthy young adult it will be 120 mm of Hg.
  6. The second reading is taken during the rest period, as the ventricles refills with blood. This is called diastolic pressure.
  7. The diastolic pressure will be 80 mm of Hg.
  8. Doctors measure the blood pressure with a device called sphygmomanometer.

Question 21.
How do you prove that transpiration is done through stomata of a leaf? (OR) Describe an experiment to show that water is lost from the stomata of leaf.
Answer:
Aim: To prove that transpiration is done through stomata present in the leaves.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation 11Required material: A healthy potted plant, a polythene cover, water.
Procedure: Take a well watered plant. Tie a polythene cover to one of its small branch and keep it in the sunlight. After sometime observe the inner sides of the polythene cover.
Observation: It is observed that the inner sides of polythene cover is moist with water drops.
Inference: The excess of water from the plant evaporates through stomata of leaves into the atmosphere. This process is called Transpiration.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 22.
Explain the process of absorption of water by the root hair and movement of water in xylem.
Answer:

  1. The soil water is an extremely dilute solution of salts, more dilute than that of the cell sap in the root hair.
  2. Therefore water will pass into the vacuole of the root hair by osmosis.
  3. The entry of water dilutes the contents of the root hair vacuole so that it becomes weaker than its neighbour.
  4. Therefore water passes into the neighbouring cell which in turn becomes diluted, finally water enters the xylem vessels.
  5. As there are vast numbers of root hairs and root cells involved, a pressure in the xylem vessels develops which forces the water upwards.
  6. This total pressure is known as root pressure which is responsible for movement of water in xylem.
  7. The water which passed into the xylem vessels forms a continuous system of tubes through root and stem into the leaves.
  8. The evaporation of water creates the main pull from above root pressure gives a variable and minor push from below.

Question 23.
Explain the process of transport of mineral salts and water in plants.
(OR)
Explain how root pressure and transpiration pull help in the transport of mineral salts and water in plants.
Answer:

  1. Xylem tissue transports water and mineral salts in plants.
  2. Xylem vessels and tracheids of root, stem and leaves are interconnected to form a continuous system of water and minerals conducting channels to each part of the plant.
  3. The cells of root hair present in the soil absorb water from the soil by osmosis.
  4. The entry of water dilutes the contents of the root hair vacuole so that it becomes weaker than its neighbour.
  5. Therefore water passes into the neighbouring cell which in turn becomes diluted, finally water enters the xylem vessel.
  6. This creates a column of water that is steadily pushed upward, called root pressure.
  7. Root pressure is not enough to push water and dissolved minerals to leaves in the tall trees.
  8. There is a continuous loss of water through stomata of the leaves in the form of water vapour. This process is called transpiration.
  9. The water lost due to transpiration is taken up from the xylem vessels and tracheids in the leaves.
  10. This loss of water during transpiration creates a suction pressure which pulls water from the xylem cells of roots.
  11. This results in enhanced absorption and upward movement of water and dissolved minerals from roots to the leaves due to transpiration.
  12. At night when stomata are closed root pressure has an effect on transportation of water.
  13. Transpiration pull is the major force in the movement of water and dissolved minerals in the xylem during daytime.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 24.
Write an experiment to illustrate the conduction of sugars by phloem.
(OR)
How are sugars conducted by phloem in plants?
Answer:

  1. Experiments to illustrate the conduction of sugars by the phloem have been done by removing a ring of bark from a shoot to expose the wood.
  2. Remove all tissues from the cambium outwards including the phloem.
  3. After a few days, when the tissues above and below the ring were analyzed.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation 12
  4. It was shown that food had accumulated above the ring but was not present below it.
  5. If it is left for sometime, the stem increases in thickness immediately above the ring, but no growth occurred below it.
  6. So, any damage to the phloem all around the stem will prevent food from passing down to the roots and the tree will eventually die.

Question 25.
Write about the changes in the evolution of transport system in animals.
Answer:

  1. In Amoeba due to Brownian movements nutrients and oxygen are distributed throughout the protoplasm equally.
  2. The parazones like sponges use sea water for transportation. Sponges create their own currents by beating of flagella that are present in their body.
  3. Cnidarians developed blind sac like gastro vascular cavity, which has taken up the function of digestion and transportation of nutrients, e.g.: Hydra and jelly fish.
  4. In platyhelmenthes, the digestive system supplies digested food to all the cells directly, excretory system collects wastes from each cell individually.
  5. In animals belonging to Nematyhelmenthes the pseudocoelom has taken up the function of collection and distribution of materials.
  6. In Annelids, animals have developed a pulsative vessel to move the fluid and the transporting medium is blood.
  7. In Arthropods have developed a pulsative organ to pump the blood. The blood flows in the tissues, directly supplying the nutrients to the tissues.
  8. Transportation system which supplies nutrients to the tissues directly is called open type of circulatory system, e.g. : Arthropods, many molluscs and lower chordates.
  9. The other type of transportation system where the blood takes the responsibility of delivering the materials, which flows in the blood vessels.
  10. Such type of closed circulatory system is present in annelids, echinoderms, cephalopod molluscs and all the higher animals.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 26.
Briefly explain about Thalassemia disease.
(OR)
What is thalassemia disease ? What is the main cause for it?
Answer:

  1. Thalassemia is a group of inherited blood disorders characterized by mild to severe anaemia caused by haemoglobin deficiency in the red blood cells.
  2. In individuals with thalassemia, the production of the oxygen carrying blood pigment haemoglobin is abnormally low.
  3. There are two main types of thalassemia: alpha thalassemia and beta thalassemia.
  4. In each variant a different part of the haemoglobin is defective.
  5. Individuals with mild thalassemia may have symptoms such as anaemia, enlarged liver and spleen; increased susceptibility, slow growth, thin and brittle bones and heart failure.

Question 27.
What are the facts known about Thalassemia?
Answer:

  1. Thalassemia is a serious inherited Blood disorder.
  2. 4.5% of world population (250 million) suffering with Thalassemia minor.
  3. There are over 35 million Indians are carriers of the abnormal Gene for Thalassemia.
  4. It is estimated that about 1,00,000 infants are born with major Haemoglobinopathies every year in the world.
  5. 10,000 – 12,000 Thalassemic children are born every year in our country.
  6. Survival depends upon repeated blood transfusion and costly medicines.
  7. Thalassemia can be prevented by awareness, pre marital or pre conceptual screening followed by ante-natal diagnosis is required.

Question 28.
What is the effect of Rhesus factor in childrens if Rh+ person marries Rh woman?
Answer:

  1. If a Rh+ man marries a Rh woman, some of the children are likely to be RlT.
  2. If a child is Rh+ some of its blood will leak into its mother’s circulation and cause antibodies to form in her blood.
  3. If the mother has more children the amount of antibodies in her blood often increases with each pregnancy, and in some instances the antibodies in her blood may pass into the baby’s blood in sufficient quantities to produce very serious anaemia and even death.
  4. When such cases occur, the baby is given a complete transfusion soon after birth sp that the baby’s blood is replaced by blood containing no antibodies to the rhesus factor.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 29.
What are the components of the circulatory system in human beings? What are their functions?
Answer:

  1. The circulatory system or transport system in human beings consists of heart, blood and blood vessels.
  2. Heart is a pumping organ to push blood around the body. It receives deoxygenated blood from body organs and pump it to lungs for oxygenation.
  3. Heart receives oxygenated blood from lungs and sends it to different body parts.
  4. Blood is a fluid connective tissue consists of a fluid medium known as plasma in which white blood cells, red blood cells and platelets are suspended.
  5. Blood transports food, carbondioxide and nitrogenous wastes in dissolved form.
  6. Red blood cells transports oxygen.
  7. Platelets present in blood help in coagulation of blood.
  8. Blood pushed by the heart flows in blood vessels called arteries and also comes back to the heart in the blood vessels called veins.

Question 30.
Draw T.S. of flow of blood in arteries and veins. Write flow of blood in between them.
(OR)
Write the differences between T.S. of artery, T.S. of vein and T.S. of blood capillary.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation 13

  1. In arteries, oxygenated blood flows. Arteries supply oxygenated blood to all body parts except lungs. Pulmonary artery supplies deoxygenated blood from right ventricle to lungs.
  2. Veins collects deoxygenated blood from all body parts into the right atrium. Pulmonary vein brings oxygenated blood from lungs into left atrium.
  3. Blood capillaries are the microscopic vessels that connect smallest arteries and veins.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 31.
What was the classical experiment conducted by William Harvey to demonstrate movement of blood in veins ?
(OR)
How do you repeat the classical experiment to demonstrate the movement of blood in veins?
Answer:

  1. In early 17th century William Harvey conducted an experiment to demonstrate the movement of blood in veins.
  2. Tie a tornquit just above the elbow of a person, whose blood vessels are prominent in the hand.
  3. Ask that person to hold the fist with a piece of cloth rolled in the hand. Now the blood vessels can be seen more prominently.
  4. Find undivided blood vessel, where we have to work for the next few minutes.
  5. At the end of the vessel farthest from the elbow apply steady pressure, so as to close its cavity.
  6. Now apply pressure from elbow towards the palm slowly and observe the changes in the blood vessels.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation 14

Question 32.
What are the structural and functional differences of arteries, veins and capillaries?
Answer:

  1. The walls of arteries are made up of muscle fibers and are elastic. When the blood enters with a pressure into the arteries then walls will stretch and this enables the arteries to withstand the increase in the pressure without bursting.
  2. Veins are closer to the skin and contain valves. They are made of connective tissue called Tunica adventitia or Tunica externa. Middle layer has bands of smooth muscle called Tunica media. Generally veins are thin, lined internally with endothelial cells Tunica intina.
  3. Blood capillaries are microscopic vessels made of single layer of cells. They allow diffusion of various substances. They establish continuity between arterioles and venules. Capillaries is the Latin word which means “hair” because they were as thin as the finest of hairs.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation 13

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

Question 33.
What is the cardiac cycle? Explain it with the help of a diagram.
(OR)
Draw a diagram of different stages of systole and diastole. Explain.
Answer:
One contraction and one relaxation of atria and ventricles is called one cardiac cycle.

  1. We start with imagination that all the four chambers of the heart are in relaxed state.
  2. Blood from venecava and pulmonary veins enters the right and left atria respectively.
  3. Now the atria contract and forcing the blood to enter into the ventricles.
  4. On ventricular contraction due to pressure the blood moves into the aorta and pulmonary artery.
  5. When the valves between the atria and ventricles are closed we can hear the sharp sound of the heart lub.
  6. When the ventricles start relaxing, the pressure in the ventricles is reduced. The blood which has entered the arteries tries to come back into the ventricles. The valves which are present in the blood vessels are closed to prevent backward flow of blood into the ventricles.
  7. Now we can listen to a dull sound of the heart dub. The atria filled up with blood and are ready to pump them into the ventricles.
  8. The sequential events in the heart which are cyclically repeated are called cardiac cycle. It includes an active phase systole and a resting phase the diastole of atria and ventricles.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation 15 AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation 16

Question 34.
What is hypertension? How is it caused? Mention the preventive steps to be taken.
Answer:

  1. Blood flows in the blood vessels with a specific pressure called Blood Pressure (B.P.) In healthy individuals, the normal B.P. is 120/80.
  2. The numerator (120) represents Systolic pressure and the denominator (80) represents Diastolic pressure.
  3. Blood pressure is measured by the doctors by an instrument called SPHYGMOMANOMETER.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation 17
  4. However in some people blood pressure is very high more than normal B.P. This condition is called Hypertension.
  5. One of the reasons for hypertension is the blocking of arteries by cholesterol. Constant stress and strain for a long time, improper functioning of kidneys, smoking and alcohol consumption are the reasons for high B.P.
  6. Hypertension can be prevented by diet control moderate exercise, avoiding stress and strain, avoiding
    alcohol consumption and smoking.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 3 Transportation

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions 8th Lesson Structure of Atom

10th Class Chemistry 8th Lesson Structure of Atom Textbook Questions and Answers

Improve Your Learning

Question 1.
What information does the electronic configuration of an atom provide? (AS1)
Answer:

  • The distribution of electrons in shells, sub-shells and orbital in an atom is known as electronic configuration.
  • It provides the information of position of an electron in the space of atom.
  • The distribution of electrons in various atomic orbitals provides an understanding of the electronic behaviour of the atom and in turn its reactivity.
  • The short hand notation is as shown below.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 1

Question 2.
a) How many maximum number of electrons that can be accommodated in a principal energy shell?
Answer:
The maximum number of electrons that can be accommodated in a principal energy shell is 2n². Here n is principal quantum number.

b) How many maximum number of electrons that can be accommodated in a sub-shell?
Answer:
The maximum number of electrons that can be accommodated in a sub-shell is 2(2l +1) (where l is orbital quantum number).

c) How many maximum number of electrons can that be accommodated in an orbital?
Answer:
The maximum number of electrons that can be accommodated in an orbital is 2.

d) How many sub-shells are present in a principal energy shell?
Answer:
The number of sub-shells in a principal energy shell is n (n is principal quantum number).

e) How many spin orientations are possible for an electron in an orbital?
Answeer:
The spin orientations possible for an electron in an orbital are 2.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 3.
In an atom the number of electrons in M-shell is equal to the number of electrons in the K and L-shell. Answer the following questions. (AS1)
a) Which is the outermost shell?
Answer:
The outermost shell is N shell.

b) How many electrons are there in its outermost shell?
Answer:
Two electrons are there in outermost shell.

c) What is the atomic number of element?
Answer:
The atomic number of element is 22.

d) Write the electronic configuration of the element.
Answer:
The element is Ti (Titanium). Its electronic configuration is 1s²2s²2p63s²3p64s²3d².

Reason :

  • Electrons enter M shell after completion of K and L.
  • So the number of electrons in M shell is 10.
  • But after completion of 3p orbital electron enters 4s before entering to 3d.
  • So outermost orbit or shell is N shell.
  • So the atomic number of element is 22.
  • Its electron configuration is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s² 3p6 4s² 3d².

Question 4.
Rainbow is an example for continuous spectrum – explain. (AS1)
(OR)
Which is naturally occurring continuous spectrum ? Explain.
Answer:

  • Rainbow is a spectrum of different colours (VIBGYOR) with different wavelengths.
  • These colours are continuously distributed.
  • There is no fixed boundary for each colour.
  • Hence, rainbow is a continuous spectrum.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 5.
How many elliptical orbits are added by Sommerfeld in third Bohr’s orbit ? What was the purpose of adding these elliptical orbits? (AS1)
Answer:
Sommerfeld added two elliptical orbits to Bohr’s third orbit.

Purpose of adding elliptical orbits :

  • Bohr’s model failed to account for splitting of line spectra and line spectrum.
  • In an attempt to account for the structure of line spectrum, Sommerfeld modified Bohr’s atomic model by adding elliptical orbits.

Question 6.
What is absorption spectrum?
Answer:
Absorption spectrum: The spectrum formed by the absorption of energy when electron jumps from lower energy level to higher energy level is called absorption spectrum. It contains dark lines on bright background.

Question 7.
What is an orbital? How it is different from Bohr’s orbit? (AS1)
(OR)
Comparison between orbit and orbital.
Answer:
The region of space around the nucleus where the probability of finding electron is maximum is called orbital. Whereas orbit is the path of the electron around the nucleus.

These two are differentiated like this.

Orbit Orbital
1. Path of electron around nucleus. 1) Probability of finding electron around nucleus.
2. Orbits are represented by letters K, L, M, N, 0, …….etc. 2. Orbitals are represented by letters s, p, d, f, g, …….etc.
3) Its information is given by principal 3) Its information is given by orbital quantum number.
4) It is two dimensional. 4) It is three dimensional.
5) It does not satisfy Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle. 5) It satisfies the Heisenberg’s principle of uncertainty.

Question 8.
Explain the significance of three quantum numbers in predicting the positions of an electron in an orbit. (AS1)
(OR)
How are quantum numbers helpful to understand the atomic structure?
Answer:
Significance of three quantum numbers in predicting the positions of an electron in an orbit.

1) Principal quantum number (n) :
The principal quantum number explains about the size and energy of shells (or) orbitals. It is denoted by n.

As ‘n’ increases, the orbitals become larger and the electrons in those orbitals are farther from the nucleus.

It takes values 1, 2, 3, 4, ……………. for that the shells are represented by letters K, L, M, N, ……….

The number of electrons in a shell is limited to 2n².

2) The Angular – momentum quantum number (l) :
The angular momentum quantum number defines the shape of the orbital occupied by the electron and the orbital angular momentum of the electron, is in motion.

l takes values from 0 to n – 1 for these values the orbitals are designated by letters s, p, d, f, ………….. etc.

l also governs the degree with which the electron is attached to nucleus. The larger the value of l, the smaller is the bond with which it is maintained with the nucleus.

3) Magnetic orbital quantum number (ml) :
The orientation of orbital with external magnetic field determines magnetic orbital quantum number.

ml has integer values between – l and l including zero.

The number of values for m, are 2l + l, which give the number of orbitals per sub-shell. The maximum number of electrons in orbitals in the sub-shell is 2 (2l + l).

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 9.
What is nlx method? How is it useful? (AS1)
(OR)
What is nlx method? How is it useful in electronic configuration?
Answer:
The shorthand notation consists of the principal energy level (n value) the letter representing sub – level (l value), and the number of electrons (x) in the sub-shell is written as superscript nlx.

It is useful in writing electron configuration of elements. For example, in Hydrogen (H), the set of quantum numbers is n = 1, l = 0, ml = 0, ms = ½ or – ½. The electronic configuration is
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 2

Question 10.
Following orbital diagram shows the electronic configuration of nitrogen atom. Which rule does not support this? (AS1)
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 3
(OR)
Write the correct electronic configuration of the given nitrogen atom with the help of Hund’s rule.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 3

  • This electron configuration does not support Hund’s rule.
  • According to Hund’s rule, the orbitals of equal energy are occupied with one elec-tron each before pairing of electrons starts.
  • Here, pairing of electrons in 2px orbital was taken place without filling of an elec-tron in 2pz orbital.
  • Hence the correct electron configuration is as follows.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 4

Question 11.
Which rule is violated in the electronic configuration 1s0 2s² 2p4?
Answer:

  • Aufbau principle is violated in this electronic configuration because according to Aufbau principle, electron enters orbital of lowest energy.
  • Among 1s, 2s and 2p, Is has least energy.
  • So Is orbital must be filled before the electron should enter 2s.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 12.
Write the four quantum numbers for the differentiating electron of sodium (Na) atom. (AS1)
Answer:
The electronic configuration of sodium (Na) is 1s² 2s² 2p6 3s¹. So the differentiating electron enters 3s. Therefore the four quantum numbers are
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 5

Question 13.
What is emission spectrum?
(OR)
When radiation is emitted what is the name given to such spectrum? Explain such spectrum.
Answer:

  • The spectrum produced by the emitted radiation is known as emission spectrum.
  • This spectrum corresponds to liberation of energy when an excited electron returns back to ground state.

Emission spectrum is of two types :

1) Continuous spectrum :
When white light passes through a prism it dissociates into seven colours. This spectrum is called continuous spectrum.

2) Discontinuous spectrum :
Discontinuous spectrum is of two types.

a) Line spectrum :
The spectrum with sharp and distinct lines. It is given by gaseous atoms.

b) Band spectrum :
The spectrum very closely spaced lines is known as band spectrum. It is given by molecule.

Question 14.
i) An electron in an atom has the following set of four quantum numbers to which orbital it belong to : (AS2)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 7
This electron belongs to 2s orbital.
Spin is in clockwise direction. ⇒ 2s¹

ii) Write the fojur quantum numbers for Is1 electron. (AS1)
Answer:
The four quantum numbers for Is1 electron are
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 8

Question 15.
Which electronic shell is at a higher energy level K or L? (AS2)
Answer:
L – shell is at higher energy level, because it is far from nucleus than K shell.

Question 16.
Collect the information regarding wavelengths and corresponding frequencies of three primary colours red, blue and green. (AS4)
Answer:
The wavelengths and corresponding frequencies of three primary colours red, blue and green are given below.

Primary colours Wavelength in nm
(1 nm = 10-9m)
Frequency in Hz
(Hertz)
Red 700 4.29 × 1014
Green 530 5.66 × 1014
Blue 470 6.38 × 1014

Question 17.
The wavelength of a radio wave is 1.0 m. Find its frequency. (AS7)
Answer:
c = 3 × 108 m/s ; λ = 1m ; c = vλ ⇒ v = \(\frac{\mathrm{c}}{\lambda}=\frac{3 \times 10^{8}}{1}\) = 3 × 108 Hz.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 18.
Why are there exemptions in writing the electronic configurations of Chromium and Copper?
Answer:
1. Elements which have half-filled or completely filled orbitals have greater stability.

2. So in chromium and copper the electrons in 4s and 3d redistributes their energies to attain stability by acquiring half-filled and completely filled d-orbitals.

3. Hence the actual electronic configuration of chromium and copper are as follows.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 6

Fill In The Blanks

1. If n = 1, then angular momention quantum number (l) = …………………
2. If a sub-shell is denoted as 2p, then its magnetic quantum number values are …………………, …………………, …………………
3. Maximum number of electrons that an M-shell contain is / are …………………
4. For ‘n’, the minimum value is ………………… and the maximum value is …………………
5. For?, the minimum value is ………………… and the maximum value is …………………
6. For’m/ the minimum value is ………………… and the maximum value is …………………
7. The value of ‘ms’ for an electron spinning in clockwise direction is ………………… and for anti-clockwise direction is …………………
Answer:

  1. 0
  2. – 1, 0, + 1
  3. 18
  4. 1, – ∞
  5. 0, (n – 1)
  6. – l, + l
  7. + ½, – ½

Multiple Choice Questions

1. An emission spectrum consists of bright spectral lines on a dark back ground. Which one of the following does not correspond to the bright spectral lines?
A) Frequency of emitted radiation
B) Wavelength of emitted radiation
C) Energy of emitted radiations
D) Velocity of light
Answer:
D) Velocity of light

2. The maximum number of electrons that can be accommodated in the L-shell of an atom is
A) 2
B) 4
C) 8
D) 16
Answer:
C) 8

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

3. If l = 1 for an atom, then the number of orbitals in its sub-shell is
A) 1
B) 2
C) 3
D) 0
Answer:
C) 3

4. The quantum number which explains about size and energy of the orbit or shell is
A) n
B) l
C) ml
D) ms
Answer:
A) n

10th Class Chemistry 8th Lesson Structure of Atom InText Questions and Answers

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 112

Question 1.
How many colours are there in a rainbow? What are they?
Answer:
There are seven colours in a rainbow. They are Violet, Indigo, Blue, Green, Yellow,Orange and Red.

Question 2.
What are the characteristics of electromagnetic waves?
A.nswer:
Electromagnetic energy is characterised by wavelength (l) and frequency (u).

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 113

Question 3.
Can we apply this equation c = uA, to a sound wave?
Answer:
Yes. It is a universal relationship and applies to all waves.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 114

Question 4.
What happens when you heat an iron rod on a flame? Do you find any change in colour while heating an iron rod?
Answer:

  • When we heat an iron rod, some amount of heat energy that was absorbed by iron rod is emitted as light.
  • First iron turns into red (lower energy corresponding to higher wavelength) and as the temperature rises it glows and turns into orange, yellow, blue or even white respectively (higher energy and lower wavelength).
  • If we go on heating the rod, it turns into white light which includes all visible wavelengths.
  • So we find some changes in colour while heating an iron rod.

Question 5.
Do you observe any other colour at the same time when one colour is emitted?
Answer:
While heating the rod if the temperature is high enough, other colours will also be emitted, but due to higher intensity of one particular emitted colour (eg.: red), others cannot be observed.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 6.
How do various colours come from fire works?
(OR)
Do you enjoy Deepavali fire works? Variety of colours is seen from fire works. How do these colours come from fire works?
Answer:
Yes. The electrons present in atoms of elements absorb energy and move to excited states and they return to ground state with emission of energy in visible spectrum. So the colours observed during fire works are the emitted energy by various elements in different fire works.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 115

Question 7.
Do you observe yellow light in street lamps? Which will produce yellow light?
Answer:
Yes, sodium vapours produce yellow light in street lamps.

Question 8.
Why do different elements emit different flame colours when heated by the same non-luminous flame?
Answer:

  • All the materials are made up of atoms and molecules. These atoms and molecules possess certain fixed energy.
  • An atom or molecule having lowest possible energy is said to be in ground state.
  • When we heat the materials the electrons of these atoms gain energy and move to excited states (higher energy state).
  • An atom of molecule in excited state can emit light to lower its energy in order to get stability and come back to ground state.
  • Light emitted in such process has certain fixed wavelength for one kind of atoms.
  • The light emitted by different kinds of atoms is different because the excited states electrons will go are different. So different elements produce different flame colours.

Question 9.
What happens when an electron gains energy?
Answer:
The electron moves to higher energy level called the excited state.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 116

Question 10.
Does the electron retain the energy forever?
Answer:
The electron loses the energy and comes back to its ground state. The energy emitted by the electron is seen in the form of electromagnetic energy.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 11.
Did Bohr’s model account for the splitting of line spectra of a hydrogen atom into finer lines?
Answer:
No, Bohr’s model failed to account for splitting of line spectra.

Question 12.
Why is the electron in an atom restricted to revolve around the nucleus at certain fixed distances?
Answer:
In order to explain the atomic spectra, Bohr-Sommerfeld model proposed that the electrons are restricted to revolve around the nucleus at certain fixed distances.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 117

Question 13.
Do the electrons follow defined paths around the nucleus?
Answer:
No, they revolve around the nucleus in a region called orbital.

Question 14.
What is the velocity of the electron?
Answer:
It is very close to light.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 15.
Is it possible to find exact position of electron? How do you find the position and velocity of an electron?
Answer:
No, as the electrons are very small, light of very short wavelength is required for this task.

This short wavelength light interacts with the electron and disturbs the motion of electron. So it is not possible to find exact position and velocity of electron simultaneously. Whereas we can find the region where the probability of finding electron is more.

Question 16.
Do atoms have a definite boundary, as suggested by Bohr’s model?
Answer:
Yes, atoms have definite boundary.

Question 17.
What do we call the region of space where the electron might be, at a given time?
Answer:
The region of space around the nucleus where the probability of finding an electron is maximum, called an orbital.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 118

Question 18.
What information do the quantum numbers provide?
Answer:
The quantum numbers describe the space around the nucleus where the electrons are found and also their energies.

Question 19.
What does each quantum number signify?
Answer:
The quantum numbers signify the probability of finding electron in the space around nucleus.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 119

Question 20.
What is the maximum value of/for n = 4?
Answer:
The maximum value of / for n = 4 is 3.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 21.
How many values can l have for n = 4?
Answer:
l takes values from 0 to n – 1. So l has 4 values for n = 4. Those values are 0, 1,2, 3.

Question 22.
Do all the p-orbitals have the same energy? A. Orbitals in the sub-shell belonging to same shell possess same energy but they differ in their orientations.

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 121

Question 23.
How are two electrons in the Helium atom arranged?
Answer:
They are arranged in pair in Is orbital and the electronic configuration is 1s².

10th Class Chemistry Textbook Page No. 122

Question 24.
What are the spins of two electrons in an orbital?
Answer:
The two electrons in an orbital have opposite spins. If one is clockwise spin, then other electron has anti-clockwise spin.

AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom

Question 25.
How many electrons can occupy an orbital?
Answer:
An orbital can hold only two electrons.

10th Class Chemistry 8th Lesson Structure of Atom Activities

Activity – 1

Question 1.
Explain the wave nature of light.
(OR)
How does light behave? Explain.
Answer:

  • Light is an electromagnetic wave.
  • Electromagnetic waves are produced when an electric charge vibrates.
  • This vibrating electric charge creates a change in the electric field. The changing electric field creates a changing magnetic field.
  • This process continues with both the created fields being perpendicular to each other and at right angles to the direction of propagation of the wave.
  • This electromagnetic wave is produced.

Activity – 2

Question 2.
Write an activity which shows metal produces colour in flame.
(OR)
‘Metal produces colour in a flame.’ Prove the statement by giving examples.
Answer:
A)

  • Take a pinch of cupric chloride in a watch glass and make a paste with concentrated hydrochloric acid.
  • Take this paste on a platinum loop and introduce it into a non-luminous flame.
  • Cupric chloride produces a green colour flame.

B)

  • Take a pinch of strontium chloride in a watch glass and make a paste with concentrated hydrochloric acid.
  • Take this paste on a platinum loop and introduce it into a non-luminous flame.
  • Strontium chloride produces a crimson red flame.

Activity – 3

Question 3.
Complete the electronic configuration of the following elements.
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 9
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Structure of Atom 10

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions 1st Lesson Nutrition

10th Class Biology 1st Lesson Nutrition 1 Mark Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Define photosynthesis. (OR) What is photosynthesis?
Answer:
Photosynthesis is the process by which plants containing the green pigment called chlorophyll which build up complex organic molecules from relatively simple inorganic ones using sun light as an energy source.

Question 2.
What is the balanced equation to show the process of photosynthesis?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 1

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 3.
Bhumika told that “If there were no green plants, all life on the earth would come to an end” Comment.
Answer:
All the living organisms on the earth depends on the plants either directly or indirectly for the food and oxygen.

Question 4.
Which disease occurs in child when there is an immediate second pregnancy or repeated child births in a mother?
Answer:
Marasmus

Question 5.
Give two examples for nutritional deficiency diseases.
Answer:
Nutritional deficiency diseases: Kwashiorkor, Marasmus, Beri-Beri, Glossitis, Pellagra, Anemia, Scurvy, Rickets, etc.

Question 6.
Your neighbour’s children appear with swollen legs, hands and other body parts. They have dry skin and frequently suffering from Diarrhoea. What are the reasons for it ? What suggestions do you give to their parent ?
Answer:
The children appear with swollen legs, hands and other body parts. They have dry skin and suffering from diarrhoea.
The reason for it is malnutrition and they are suffering from Kwashiorkor and Marasmus diseases.
They are advised to take proteins and calorie rich foods like liver, meat, eggs, milk, fruits, cereals and leafy vegetables.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 7.
What suggestions do you give to your friend suffering from constipation?
Answer:
Constipation can often be avoided by
a) having plenty of roughages in our daily diet. Ex : Leafy vegetables, beans, cabbage, etc.
b) drink plenty of water daily.
c) avoid junk food,
d) swallow the food only after its thorough mastication.

Question 8.
Which organelle of the leaf absorbs energy from the sunlight for photosynthesis ?
Answer:
Chloroplast.

Question 9.
Which gas is evolved in the diagram experiment? How can this gas be tested for confirmation?
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 2
Answer:
i) Oxygen gas is evolved in this experiment.
ii) If the burning splinter is kept near the mouth of the test tube, it burns brightly.

Question 10.
Classify the following vitamins into water soluble and fat soluble
i) Riboflavin ii) Retinol iii) Tocoferol iv) Thiamin
Answer:
Water soluble vitamins : Riboflavin (B2), Thiamin (B1)
Fat soluble vitamins : Retinol (A), Tocoferol (E)

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 11.
Prepare your own tabular column to get information about food deficiency diseases from a doctor.
Answer:

S.No. Name of the disease Symptoms Deficiency due to which nutrient
1. Kwashiorkor Hands and legs swollen, fluffy face, loose motions. Protein deficiency
2. Marasmus Lean, weak, swollen joints, no development in muscles, loose motions. Both proteins and calories deficiency.

Question 12.
Why is KGH used in Mohl’s half leaf experiment? (OR)
Why do we use KOH solution in Mohl’s half-leaf experiment?
Answer:
1) We conducted Mohl’s half leaf experiment to prove CO2 is essential for photosynthesis.
2) So KOH is used in this experiment to absorb the CO2 present inside the bottle.

Question 13.
What questions will you ask a doctor to know about malnutrition ?
Answer:

  1. What is malnutrition?
  2. What are the causes for malnutrition?
  3. What are the different types in malnutrition?
  4. How can we overcome the malnutrition?
  5. What are the reasons for malnutrition in our country?

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 14.
Name the vitamin which is synthesized by the bacteria present in the human intestine.
Answer:
B12 (Cyanocobalamine) is the vitamin which is synthesized by the bacteria present in the human intestine.

Question 15.
Which digestive juice doesn’t contain enzymes ?
Answer:
Bile juice which is produced by liver doesn’t contain enzymes. But it converts fats into small globules. This process is called emulsification.

Question 16.
One student takes high calorie food. Another student takes less calorie food. But both are affected with diseases. Name the diseases by which they are affected.
Answer:
Student takes high calorie food affected by – Obesity.
Student takes less calorie food affected with – Marasmus.

Question 17.
Mention the two chemicals which you have used in an experiment to test the presence of starch in the leaf.
Answer:
The chemicals used in an experiment to test the presence of starch in the leaf are

  1. Methylated spirit
  2. Iodine solution.

Question 18.
18. Write two slogans for campaign on Mal-nutrition.
Answer:

  1. Be cool and say no to fast food.
  2. Be smart – Eat smart
  3. Eat healthy – Look healthy – Feel healthy

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 19.
Identify the two parts A and B indicated in the given figure.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 3
Answer:
A – Stomach
B – Large intestine

Question 20.
Doctors advise not to eat food items at the time of fever. What are the reasons for this ?
Answer:

  1. At the time of fever body temparature is high.
  2. At that time digestive enzymes do not properly work to digest food.
  3. That’s why doctors advise not to eat food items at the time of fever.

Question 21.
If we chew the grains like wheat, jowar, rice we feel sweet. Why?
Answer:

  1. The grains like wheat, jowar, rice contain carbohydrates.
  2. Ptyalin acts on them and coverts them into sugars. So we feel sweet.

Question 22.
What teeth you use when you eat peas and banana? Why?
Answer:

  1. Premolars and molars are used when we eat peas and banana.
  2. Their function is to chew and grind the seed and food material.

Question 23.
What is autotrophic nutrition?
Answer:
It is a type of nutrition in which an organism makes its own food from the simple inorganic materials like carbon dioxide and water using light as source of energy.

Question 24.
What is nutrition ?
Answer:
Nutrition: Nutrition is the process of intake or procurement of nutrients.

Question 25.
What are the main modes of nutrition ?
Answer:
Autotrophic nutrition and heterotrophic nutrition are the main modes of nutrition.

Question 26.
What are different types of heterotrophic nutrition ?
Answer:
Heterotrophic nutrition is of three types. They are:

  1. Saprophytic nutrition
  2. Parasitic nutrition and
  3. Holozoic nutrition.

Question 27.
What are the symptoms of disease pellagra?
Answer:
Dermatitis, diarrhoea, loss of memory and scaly skin are the symptoms of disease pellagra.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 28.
Which vitamin deficiency causes Rickets ? What are its symptoms?
Answer:
Vitamin D Calciferol deficiency results in Rickets. The symptoms shown are improper formation of bones, knocknees, swollen wrists, delayed dentition, weak bones, etc.

Question 29.
For proper vision which vitamin is required? What is its chemical name?
Answer:
Vitamin A is required for proper vision. The chemical name of vitamin ‘A’ is Retinol.

Question 30.
What are the complex molecules produced by plants from simple Inorganic substances?
Answer:
Carbohydrates, proteins and lipids are produced from simple inorganic substances like water and CO2.

Question 31.
What are the essential factors required for photosynthesis?
Answer:
Carbon dioxide, water, chlorophyll and sunlight are the essential factors required for photosynthesis.

Question 32.
What is the equation for photosynthesis proposed by C.B.Van Neil in the year 1931?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 4

Question 33.
In which form are carbohydrates stored in plants?
Answer:
Carbohydrates are stored in plants in the form of starch.

Question 34.
What is the reagent that is used to test the presence of starch in leaves?
Answer:
The reagent that is used to test the presence of starch in leaves is Iodine solution. The colour of the leaf will turn to blue-black in colour.

Question 35.
Who found that water was essential for the increase of plant mass?
Answer:
Von Helmont found that water was essential for increase of plant mass in the year 1648.

Question 36.
Who performed series of experiments in 1770 to reveal the role of air in growth of green plants?
Answer:
Joseph Priestly performed series of experiments in 1770 to reveal the role of air in growth of green plants.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 37.
What is the role of potassium hydroxide solution kept inside the glass bottle in the Mohl’s half leaf experiment?
Answer:
Potassium hydroxide solution kept inside the glass bottle in the Mohl’s half leaf experiment absorbs the carbon dioxide present inside the bottle.

Question 38.
Who found that gas bubbles liberated from hydrilla plant contain the gas oxygen?
Answer:
Jan Ingenhousz in 1779 found that the gas bubbles liberated from hydrilla plant contain the gas oxygen.

Question 39.
Who coined the term chlorophyll for the extract of green coloured substance from the leaf?
Answer:
Pelletier and Caventou in the year 1817 coined the term chlorophyll for the extract of green coloured substance from the leaf.

Question 40.
Chloroplast is formed by how many membranes?
Answer:
Chloroplast is formed by 3 membranes.

Question 41.
What is grana?
Answer:
Grana : The stacked sac like structures formed by the third layer of chloroplasts is called grana.

Question 42.
What is the function of stroma?
Answer:
It is believed to be responsible for enzymatic reactions leading to the synthesis of glucose, which inturn join together to form starch.

Question 43.
What is stroma?
Answer:
Stroma : The fluid filled portion of chloroplast is called as stroma.

Question 44.
What are the two major phases found in photosynthesis?
Answer:
The two major phases found in photosynthesis are:

Question 45.
Why is light reaction phase called photochemical phase?
Answer:
A series of chemical reactions occur in a very quick succession initiated by light and therefore the phase is technically called the photochemical phase.

Question 46.
Where does the light reaction take place?
Answer:
The light reaction takes place in chlorophyll containing thylakoids called grana of Chloroplasts.

Question 47.
What are the end products of light reaction?
Answer:
The end products of light reaction are O2, ATP and NADPH.

Question 48.
What are called the assimilatory powers?
Answer:
ATP and NADPH formed at the end of the light reaction are called assimilatory powers.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 49.
What are dark reactions?
Answer:
Dark reactions: The reactions that occur in both presence or absence of light are called dark reactions. The occurance of dark reaction is independent of light.

Question 50.
Who observed dark reactions?
Answer:

  1. The entire series of reactions involved in the conversion of CO2 to glucose were identified by Melvin Calvin.
  2. The dark reactions are also called as Calvin Cycle.

Question 51.
What is Calvin cycle?
Answer:
Calvin cycle: The cycle of reactions in fixation of carbon dioxide to glucose is called Calvin cycle.

Question 52.
How is glucose produced during dark reaction?
Answer:
In the dark reaction, the hydrogen of the NADPH is used to combine with CO2 by utilizing ATP energy and ultimately produce glucose.

Question 53.
Write some of the events that occur in the chloroplasts during photosynthesis.
Answer:

  1. Conversion of light energy to chemical energy.
  2. Splitting of water molecule.
  3. Reduction of carbon dioxide to carbohydrates.

Question 54.
What is photolysis of water? Which gas is released?
Answer:
Photolysis of water:

  1. Photolysis of water Splitting of water molecule by light activated chlorophyll molecule is known as photolysis of water.
  2. Oxygen is released during (photosynthesis) photolysis of water.

Question 55.
In which cells of the leaves photosynthesis takes place?
Answer:
The mesophyll cells of leaf containing palisade and spongy tissue photosynthesis takesplace.

Question 56.
What is the ultimate source of energy?
Answer:
The ultimate source of energy is the Sun.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 57.
What are guard cells?
Answer:
Guard cells: The two kidney shaped cells which surrounds the stoma are called guard cells.

Question 58.
How does CO2 enter into leaf?
Answer:
CO2 present in the atmosphere enters through stomata into the cells of leaf by diffusion.

Question 59.
What is the first stable product formed in dark reaction or photosynthesis?
Answer:
Phosphoglyceric acid or PGA is the first stable product formed in dark reaction or photosynthesis.

Question 60.
Why ATP and NADPH are required in photosynthesis?
Answer:
ATP and NADPH are required for the utilization of carbon dioxide and formation of glucose during photosynthesis.

Question 61.
Why chloroplasts are green in colour?
Answer:
Chloroplasts are green in colour due to the presence of a green colouring pigment called chlorophyll.

Question 62.
What are the examples for parasitic organisms?
Answer:
The examples for parasitic organisms are cuscuta (plant), lice, leeches and tapeworms (animals).

Question 63.
How does amoeba take food into the body?
Answer:
Amoeba takes in food using temporary finger like extensions called pseudopia of the cell surface.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 64.
How does paramoecium take food?
Answer:
Food is moved to the cytosome by the movement of cilia which covers the entire surface of the cell where the food is ingested.

Question 65.
What is ingestion?
Answer:
Ingestion : The process of taking food into the body is called ingestion.

Question 66.
Name the three pairs of salivary glands. What is the enzyme secreted by them?
Answer:

  1. The three pairs of salivary glands in mouth are :
    i) Parotid glands
    ii) Submandibular glands and
    iii) Sublingual glands.
  2. The enzyme secreted by salivary glands is amylase (ptyalin).

Question 67.
What is the role of amylase in digestion of food?
Answer:
Amylase helps in the breakdown of complex carbohydrates to simple ones.

Question 68.
What is digestion?
Answer:
Digestion : The process of breaking down of complex food substances into simple substances so that they can be used by the body with the help of enzyme is called digestion.

Question 69.
How does the food from oesophagus move into the stomach?
Answer:
Food passes through oesophagus by wave like movements called peristaltic movements and reaches the stomach.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 70.
What is chyme?
Answer:
Chyme : Chyme is a soft slimy substance of food in which some proteins and carbohydrates have broken down.

Question 71.
What is the function of sphincter muscle present at the exit of stomach?
Answer:

  1. The sphincter muscle is responsible for regulating the openings of the stomach into small intestine.
  2. So that only small quantities of the food material may be passed into the small intestine from the stomach at a time.

Question 72.
What does the gastric juice contain?
Answer:
The gastric juice secreted by the walls of stomach contains Hydrochloric acid, protein digesting enzyme, pepsin and mucus.

Question 73.
What makes the internal condition of the intestine gradually to a basic or alkaline one?
Answer:
Liver and pancreatic juice make the internal condition of the intestine gradually to a basic or alkaline one.

Question 74.
What is emulsification?
Answer:
Emulsification : Fats are digested by converting them into small globule like forms by the help of bile juice secreted from liver. This process is known as emulsification.

Question 75.
For what intestinal juice secreted by small intestine is responsible?
Answer:
The enzymes present in intestinal juice finally convert the protein to amino acids, complex carbohydrates into glucose and fats into fatty acids and glycerol.

Question 76.
What are the enzymes that act on proteins?
Answer:
Pepsin and Trypsin are the enzymes that act on proteins. Both these enzymes convert proteins to peptones.

Question 77.
What is absorption?
Answer:
Absorption : Transport of the products of digestion from the walls of the intestine into blood is called absorption.

Question 78.
What is defecation?
Answer:
Defecation: The passage of undigested material from the body by the way of anus is called defecation.

Question 79.
What are roughages in the food?
Answer:
Roughages are the fibres of either carbohydrates or fats which help in constipation.

Question 80.
What are the parts of human digestive system?
Answer:
Mouth, buccal cavity, pharynx, oesophagus, stomach, small intestine, large intestine, rectum and anus.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 81.
What is a balanced diet?
Answer:
Balanced diet: Diet containing nutrients in required amounts is known as balanced diet.

Question 82.
What are the nutrients present in balanced diet?
Answer:
Carbohydrates, proteins, fats, vitamins and mineral salts are the nutrients present in balanced diet.

Question 83.
What is malnutrition?
Answer:
Malnutrition : Eating of food that does not have one or more than one nutrients in required amount is known as malnutrition.

Question 84.
What are different types of malnutrition?
Answer:
Malnutrition is of three types. They are:

  1. Calorie malnutrition
  2. Protein malnutrition and
  3. Protein calorie malnutrition.

Question 85.
What are the two sources of vitamins to our body?
Answer:
The two sources of vitamins to our body are one is diet and the other is bacteria present in the intestine synthesise enzymes and supply them to the body.

Question 86.
Vitamins are classified into how many groups?
Answer:
Vitamins are classified into two groups. They are fat soluble (eg : A, D, E and K) and water soluble (eg : B complex, Vitamin C).

Question 87.
What is the chemical name of vitamin B12?
Answer:
The chemical name of vitamin B12 is Cyanocobalamine.

Question 88.
Which vitamin deficiency causes sterility in males?
Answer:
Vitamin E. i.e., tocopherol deficiency causes sterility in males.

Question 89.
What is the name of vitamin ‘C’? Deficiency of vitamin ‘C’ causes which disease?
Answer:
The chemical name of vitamin ‘C’ is Ascorbic acid. Its deficiency results in Scurvy disease.

Question 90.
What are saprophytes?
Answer:
Saprophytes: Saprophytes are the organisms which obtain their food from dead plants, dead and decaying animal bodies and other organic matter. Eg: Fungi, many bacteria.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 91.
What is peristaltic movement?
Answer:
Peristaltic movement: The muscles present in the wall of oesophagus rhythmically contracts and relaxes. This produces an wave like movement known as a peristaltic movement.

Question 92.
Name the intestinal enzymes present in small intestine and what are their functions.
Answer:
Peptidases and sucrases are the enzymes present in the intestinal juice. Peptidases converts peptides to amino acids. Sucrase converts sucrose (cane sugar) into glucose.

Question 93.
Name the parts of small intestine.
Answer:
The anterior part of small intestine is called the duodenum, the middle part is the jejunum and the posterior part is called the ileum.

Question 94.
What is the enzyme present only in children?
Answer:
Renin is the enzyme present only in children. It helps in curdling of milk.

Question 95.
How many types of teeth are present in our mouth?
Answer:
Four types of teeth are present in our mouth. They are incisors, canine, premolars and molars.

Question 96.
What is the use of tongue?
Answer:
Tongue is useful for mixing and pushing the food in between teeth and helps to push into oesophagus.

Question 97.
What was the opinion of C.B. Van Neil on the equation for photosynthesis?
Answer:
For each molecule of carbohydrate formed, one molecule of water and one molecule of oxygen is also produced.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 98.
“Plants are capable of surviving under a range of situations.” How do you support this statement?
Answer:

  1. Plants are capable of surviving under a range of situations.
  2. They survive from very hot, dry and brightly lighted conditions to wet, humid and dimly lighted ones.
  3. The requirement of light and other factors varies from one plant to other.

Question 99.
From where do we get energy to do work?
Answer:
We get energy to do work from the food we eat.

Question 100.
What did Priestly hypothesize on the experiment he conducted on the role of air in the growth of plants?
Answer:
Priestly hypothesized that plants restore to the air whatever breathing animals and burning candles remove.

Question 101.
How does gaseous exchange occur in plants?
Answer:
Gaseous exchange occurs in plants through the stomata present in leaves and also through the lenticels present on stems.

Question 102.
How do the aquatic plants acquire CO2 to manufacture food?
Answer:
Aquatic plants utilizes or absorbs the carbon dioxide dissolved in water in the form of bicarbonates to manufacture food.

Question 103.
In the experiment to prove that starch is produced during photosynthesis. Why do we boil the leaf in alcohol?
Answer:
We boil the leaf in alcohol to remove all the chlorophyll present in the leaf. The leaf turns to white in colour.

Question 104.
In the experiment to show that sunlight is necessary for photosynthesis, why do we immerse leaf in boiling water?
Answer:

  1. Immersing leaf in boiling water will breakdown the cell membranes of leaf cells.
  2. It makes the leaf more permeable to iodine solution, so that it can reach the starch present inside the leaf cells.

Question 105.
Why do we have to destarch the leaf before conducting experiment on photosynthesis?
Answer:
This is because if starch is present it will interfere with the result of the experiment.

Question 106.
Why is a water bath used for heating alcohol in which leaf is kept inside the beaker for testing the presence of starch?
Answer:
A water bath is used here for heating alcohol because alcohol is a highly inflammable liquid. So if alcohol is heated directly over a flame, then it will catch fire at once.

Question 107.
What are the reasons for vomiting?
Answer:
Causes for vomiting :

  1. Overeating especially when the food contain a high proportion of fat.
  2. When we eat something very indigestible or poisonous.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 108.
Why do we feel bilious or liverish?
Answer:
We feel bilious or liverish because of having eaten rich meals for several days.

10th Class Biology 1st Lesson Nutrition 2 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Vitamin A, D, E and K are fat soluble vitamins. Write the deficiency diseases and resources of these vitamins in a tabular form.
Answer:

Vitamin – A Night blindness, myopia, dry eyes, scaly skin Leafy vegetables, Carrot, Tomato, Pumpkin, Fish, Egg, Liver, Cod liver oil, Shark liver oil, Milk.
Vitamin – D Rickets Liver, Egg, Butter, Morning sun rays.
Vitamin – E Fertility disorders Fruits, Vegetables, Sprouts, Meat, Egg, Sunflower oil.
Vitamin – K Blood clotting do not occur Green leafy vegetables, Milk

Question 2.
A doctor visited your school to check up the health of school children. What kind of questions do you ask to know about the pancreas?
Answer:

  1. Where is pancreas located?
  2. Why pancreas is called as mixed gland?
  3. What are the hormones released by the pancreas?
  4. What are the enzymes released by the pancreas?
  5. What are the disorders occur if pancreas does not work properly?
  6. What is the role of pancreas in digestion?

Question 3.
Look at the following equation and answer the questions:
Fats + Bile → Fat globules
a) What is the name of that reaction?
b) Which gland plays major role in this reaction?
Answer:
a) The name of the reaction is Emulsification.
b) The gland LIVER plays major role in this reaction.

Question 4.

We know that food is the main source to maintain biological processes in a perfect manner. Our diet should be a balanced one which contains proper amount of carbohydrates, proteins, vitamins, mineral salts and fats. Two third of world population is affected by food related diseases. Some of them are suffering by consuming high calorific food. Most of them are facing various diseases due to lack of balanced diet. Eating of food that does not have one or more than one nutrients in required amount is known as malnutrition. Poor health, will full starvation, lack of awareness of nutritional habits, socio-economic factors are all the reasons of malnutrition.

i) Define Balanced diet.
ii) What is malnutrition and what could be the possible reasons for it?
Answer:
i) The food containing proper amount of carbohydrates, proteins, vitamins, mineral salts and fats is known as “balanced diet”.

ii) Eating of food that does not have one or more than one nutrients in required amounts is known as “malnutrition”.
Poor health, starvation, lack of awareness of nutritional habits, socio-economic factors are all reasons for malnutrition.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 5.
What questions do you ask your teacher to know about the obesity and its consequences?
Answer:

  1. What are the reasons for Obesity?
  2. How to reduce the body weight?
  3. What are the consequences of obesity?
  4. What type of food you suggest to people suffering from obesity?

Question 6.
Prepare four questions for the Gastro-enterologist to know the problems that occur in the digestive system.
Answer:

  1. Why do the people suffer from indigestion problems?
  2. Why do we get vomitings?
  3. Why do we get belching?
  4. Why do we get ulcers in stomach?
  5. What is acidity?

Question 7.
Balance the following equation. Write what you have received through this equation.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 4
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 1

  1. This equation represents the process of photosynthesis. For the photosynthesis to occur, four factors are required. They are carbon dioxide, water, light and chlorophyll.
  2. 6 molecules of carbon dioxide and 12 molecules of water in the presence of sun light and chlorophyll forms 1 molecule of glucose, 6 molecules of water and 6 molecules of oxygen.

Question 8.
Pregnant ladies are advised to eat leafy vegetables and take folic acid pills. Why?
Answer:

  1. Folic acid is the part of the B – a complex family of vitamins.
  2. Dark green leafy vegetables are a good source of folic acid.
  3. Folic acid is often prescribed for pregnant women because it is essential for the normal development of the brain and spinal cord of the foetus.
  4. It also help in protection against birth defects.
  5. It also required for the synthesis of nucleic acids DNA and RNA.
    Hence pregnant ladies are advised to eat leafy vegetables and take folic acid pills.

Question 9.
You want to know about intestinal juice from your nearby doctor. Which questions do you ask him?
Answer:

  1. Which part of the small intestine secrete intestinal juice?
  2. Intestinal juice contains which enzymes?
  3. Intestinal juice converts peptids into?
  4. Sucrose present in intestinal juice converts sucrose to?
  5. Digestion of which nutrient resumes in small intestine?
  6. Which digestive juice involved in the complete digestion of food?

Question 10.
Photosynthesis process provides food for all organisms. It mainly takes place by two phases. Light reaction is first phase.
H2O → H + OH
Above equation in light reaction shows what?
Answer:

  1. The first phase of photosynthesis is light reaction. It occurs in grana of the chloroplast.
  2. During this phase light-activated chlorophyll molecule splits water molecule into Hydrogen (H+) and Hydroxyl ions (OH)
  3. This reaction is known as photolysis of water which means splitting by light (photo means light, lysis means breaking). This was discovered by Hill. Hence it is also called Hill’s reaction.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 11.
Write names of the given sentences.
i) Organelle in which photosynthesis occurs.
Answer:
Chloroplast

ii) Life process in which complex food is converted into simple substances.
Answer:
Digestive system

iii) The part after large intestine in digestive tract.
Answer:
Anus

iv) Deficiency of Vitamin “K” causing disease.
Answer:
Delay in blood clotting.

Question 12.
Write about the nutrition in Amoeba. (OR)
Observe the below given organism and write its name. How nutrition occurs in this organism ?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 6

  1. The mode of nutrition in Amoeba is holozoic nutrition.
  2. Amoeba takes in food using temporary finger like extensions called pseudopodia.
  3. These pseudopodia fuse over the food particle forming food vacuole.
  4. Inside the food vacuole, complex substances are broken down into simple ones which then diffuse into the cytoplasm.
  5. The remaining undigested material is moved to the surface of the cell and thrown out.

Question 13.
Write a short note on heterotrophic nutrition.
Answer:

  1. Heterotrophic nutrition is that mode of nutrition in which an organism cannot make its own food from simple inorganic materials like CO2 and water and depends on other organisms for food.
  2. Examples are all animals, most bacteria and fungi.
  3. Heterotrophs depend on others for their food requirement.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 14.
How is a more serious form of indigestion caused?
Answer:

  1. A more serious form of indigestion is caused by stomach and duodenal ulcers.
  2. These conditions occur more often in people who may be described as hurried or worried.
  3. The ulcers occur more often in busy people who get into the habit of hurrying over meals and rushing from one activity to another without sufficient rest.

Question 15.
What is parasitic nutrition? Write briefly about it.
Answer:

  1. Parasitic nutrition is that nutrition in which an organism derives its food from the body of another living organism without killing it.
  2. The organism which obtains the food is called a parasite and the organism from whose body food is obtained is called the host.
  3. A parasite usually harms the host.
  4. The host may be a plant or an animal.
  5. Parasitic mode of nutrition is seen in several fungi, bacteria, a few plants like cuscuta and animals like plasmodium.

Question 16.
Write about holozoic mode of nutrition.
(OR)
What is holozoic nutrition?
Answer:

  1. Holozoic nutrition means feeding on solid food.
  2. Holozoic nutrition is that nutrition in which an organism takes the complex organic food materials into its body by the process of ingestion.
  3. The ingested food is digested and then absorbed into the body cells of the organism.
  4. The undigested and unabsorbed part of the food is thrown out of the body of the
    organism by the process of ingestion.
  5. The human beings and most of the animals have a holozoic mode of nutritions.

Question 17.
Briefly explain about saprophytic nutrition.
(OR)
What are saprophytes? How does nutrition occur in them?
Answer:

  1. Saprophytic nutrition is that nutrition in which an organism obtain its food from dead and decaying plant and animal bodies.
  2. Organisms having saprophytic mode of nutrition are called saprophytes.
  3. Fungi and bacteria are saprophytes.
  4. The saprophytes breakdown the complex organic molecules present in dead and decaying matter and convert them into simple substances outside their body.
  5. These simple substances are then absorbed by saprophytes as their food.

Question 18.
What is malnutrition? What are the reasons for it? What are the different types of malnutrition?
Answer:

  1. Eating of food that does not have one or more than one nutrients in required amount is known as malnutrition.
  2. Reasons for malnutrition: Poor health, will-full starvation, lack of awareness of nutritional habits, socio economic factors are all the reasons for malnutrition.
  3. Different types of Malnutrition:
    1. Calorie malnutrition,
    2. Protein malnutrition and
    3. Protein calorie malnutrition.

Question 19.
Write a short note on obesity. (OR)
What are the ill effects of obesity?
Answer:

  1. Obesity is due to over eating and excess of energy intake.
  2. It is a big health hazard. Obese children when grow, they will be target of many diseases.
  3. Obesity children usually suffer from diabetes, cardiovascular, renal, gall bladder problems.
  4. Eating junk foods and other food habits lead to obesity.

10th Class Biology 1st Lesson Nutrition 4 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Answer the following questions by observing the diagram showing the experiment:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 7a) What will you prove by this experiment?
Answer:
By this experiment we will going to prove oxygen is released during photosynthesis.

b) What apparatus do you use in this experiment?
Answer:

  1. Beaker
  2. Test-tube
  3. Funnel
  4. Hydrilla Plant
  5. Burning splinter.

c) What would be the results if the experiment is done in shadow?
Answer:
If we conduct this experiment in shadow no change in the water level of the Test-tube. No photosynthesis occur. No air bubbles are form.

d) What will you do to obtain result from the experiment?
Answer:
If the burning splinter is kept near the mouth of test tube, burns brightly.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 2.
Answer the following questions by observing the diagram showing the experiment.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 8a) What will you prove by this experiment?
Answer:
Carbon dioxide (CO2) is necessary for the photosynthesis.

b) What apparatus do you use in this experiment?
Answer:
Wide mouthed bottle, split cork, KOH solution, Iodine, Potted plant.

c) Why do we use KOH solution in this experiment?
Answer:
KOH is used for the absorption of CO2 in the bottle.

d) Why did we study two leaves in this experiment?
Answer:
We should test two leaves of which one must be having the availability of CO2 and other must not be having the availability of CO2 to prove that CO2 is essential for photosynthesis.

Question 3.
Describe an experiment conducted by Joseph Priestley which revealed the essential role of air in the growth of green plants.
(OR)
What is the role of air in the growth of green plants?
(OR)
Write the experiment of bell jar and pudina plant, performed by Priestley to prove that air plays key role in Photosynthesis.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 9

  1. Joseph Priestley in 1770 performed a series of experiments that revealed the essential role of air in the growth of green plants.
  2. Priestley discovered oxygen in 1774.
  3. Priestley observed that a candle burning in a closed space, a bell jar, soon gets extinguished.
  4. Similarly, a mouse would soon suffocate in a closed space of the bell jar.
  5. He concluded that a burning candle or an animal, both somehow, damage air.
  6. But when he placed a mint plant in the same bell jars, he found that the mouse stayed alive and the candle when lighted from outside continued burning in the presence of the mint plant.
  7. Priestly hypothesized as plants restore to the air whatever breathing animals and burning candles remove.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 4.
B1, B2, B3, A, C, D, E, K are the symbols of vitamins. Classify these vitamins based on solubility and diseases due to vitamins deficiency.

S.No. Water soluble Disease due to deficiency Fat soluble Disease due to deficiency

Answer:

S.No. Water soluble Disease due to deficiency Fat soluble Disease due to deficiency
1. B1 Beri – Beri A Eye, skin diseases
2. B2 Glossitis D Rickets
3. B3 Pellagra E Fertility disorders
4. C Scurvy K Delay in blood clotting

Question 5.
During Photosynthesis, several events occurs in the chloroplast. Explain the light dependent reactions.
(OR)
Write the mechanism of light dependent reactions in Photosynthesis.
Answer:
Light reaction takes place in grana thylakoids of chloroplast.
The following events occurs in the light dependent reaction.
1. Step -1: The chlorophyll on exposure to light energy becomes activated by absorbing photons of light energy.
2. Step – II: The activated energy is used in splitting the water molecule into hydrogen (H+) and hydroxyl ion (OH). This reaction is known as photolysis or Hill’s reaction.
H2O → H + OH
3. Step – III : Water (H2O) and oxygen (O2) are produced by the OH ions through a series of reaction.
4. Step – IV: H+ ions are involved in the synthesis of ATP and NADPH which are the end products of light reaction. These are called assimilatory powers.

Question 6.
You might have conducted and experiment in your school laboratory to prove that CO2 is essential for Photosynthesis. Raju, who is in 9th class, wanted to perform the same experiment. He had some doubts regarding this experiment. Clarify them.
i) Prior to the experiment, the potted plant was kept in a dark room for a week. Why?
Answer:
To destarch the plant.

ii) KOH pellets were kept in the glass jar. Why?
Answer:
To absorb CO2

iii) Write the apparatus used to perform this experiment.
Answer:
Potted plant, wide mouthed transparent bottle, splitted cork.

iv) What will be the result, if the same experiment is conducted in dark?
Answer:
Photosynthesis does not take place.

Question 7.
Write the differences between light and dark reactions of photosynthesis.
Answer:

Light reaction Dark reaction
1. It occurs in the grana of the chloroplast. 1. Occurs in the stroma of the chloroplast.
2. It occurs only in the presence of light. 2. It occurs in the presence or absence of light.
3. Light reaction absorbs oxygen and light energy. 3. Dark reaction absorbs only CO2.
4. End products are O2, ATP and NADPH. 4. End product is Glucose.
5. Photolysis of water occurs. 5. Carbon fixation occurs.
g. First stage of photosynthesis. 6. Second stage of photosynthesis.

Question 8.
Draw a neat labelled diagram of internal structure of leaf. Which mesophyll cells of the leaf consist of chloroplast?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 10Palisade parenchyma and spongy parenchyma consist of chloroplast.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 9.
Keep a plant for a week in the dark. Then insert one leaf of this plant into a transparent bottle containing potassium hydroxide solution. Keep the plant in sunlight. Test the leaf in the bottle and any other leaf of the plant with Iodine, after a few hours.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 11i) What is the aim of this experiment?
ii) What will be observed in the leaf kept in the bottle and a leaf from the plant?
iii) Why was the plant kept in the dark first and then in the sunlight?
Answer:
i) To prove that CO2 is necessary for photosynthesis.
ii) The leaf part kept in the bottle does not show colour change in iodine test, whereas the leaf exposed to air turns bluish-black in the iodine test.
iii) To remove starch from leaves (destarching).

Question 10.
Analyse the following information and answer the questions.

Vitamins Resources Deficiency symptoms
Thiamine Cereals, oil seeds, vegetables, milk, meat, fish, eggs Vomitings, fits, loss of appetite, difficulty in breathing, paralysis.
Ascorbic acid Green leafy vegetables, citrus fruits, sprouts, carrot Delay in healing of wounds, fractures of bones.
Retinol Leafy vegetables, carrot, tomato, pumpkin, papaya, mango, meat, fish, egg, liver, milk, cod liver oil, Shark liver oil. Night blindness, xeropthalmia, cornea failure, scaly skin.
Calciferol Liver, egg, cod liver oil, Shark liver oil Improper formation of bones, knock-knees, swollen wrists, delayed dentition, weak bones.
Tocoferol Fruits, vegetables, sprouts, sunflower oil Sterility in male, abortions in female.
Phylloquinone Green leafy vegetables, milk, meat, eggs Delay in blood clotting, over-bleeding.

i) Which vitamins deficiency causes diseases related to bones?
Answer:
Calciferol – Vitamin – D, deficiency causes diseases related to bones,

ii) Which vitamins we get by eating fruits?
Answer:
Retinol – Vitamin – A, and Tocoferol – Vitamin – E we get them by eating fruits,

iii) Which vitamin deficiency causes Paralysis? To prevent iii), what type of food we have to eat?
Answer:
Paralysis is caused by the Vitamin (B}) Thiamine deficiency.
To prevent this disease, we have to eat cereals, oil seeds, vegetables, milk, meat, fish and eggs.

iv) To avoid vitamin deficiency diseases, what type of food we have to eat?
Answer:
To avoid vitamin deficiency diseases, we have to take proper diet.
Our diet should be a balanced one which contains proper amount of carbohydrates, proteins, vitamins, mineral salts and fats.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 11.
What are fat soluble vitamins? Explain the deficiency diseases due to deficiency of fat soluble vitamins and their symptoms.
Answer:
Fat soluble vitamins :

Name of the vitamin Name of the diseases Symptoms
Vitamin – A (Retinol) Night blindness, xerophthalmia Cornea failure, unable to see during night, scaly skin
Vitamin – D (Calciferol) Rickets Improper formation of bones, knock- knees, swollen wrists, delayed in dentition, weak bones
Vitamin – E (Tocoferol) Sterility Sterility in males, abortions in females
Vitamin – K (Phylloquinone) Over-bleeding Delay in blood clotting

Question 12.
Read the table and answer the following questions.

Sl. No. Vitamin Resources Deficiency disease Symptoms
1. Cyanoco- balamine Synthesised by bacteria present in the intestine. Pernicious anaemia Lean and weak, less appetite.
2. Ascorbic acid Green leafy vegetables, citrus fruits, sprouts Scurvy Delay in healing of wounds, fractures of bones.
3. Retinol Leafy vegetables, carrot, tomato, pumpkin, papaya, mango, meat, fish, egg, liver, milk, Cod and Shark liver oil Eye and skin diseases Night Blindness, Xeropthalmia, Cornea failure, Scaly skin.
4. Tocoferol Fruits, vegetables, sprouts, sunflower oil Fertility disorders Sterility in males, abortions in females.
5. Phylloquinone Green leafy vegetables, meat, egg and milk Problems related to blood clotting Delay in blood clotting, over bleeding.

i) Name the anti-sterility vitamin from the above table.
Answer:
Tocoferol (Vitamin E) is the anti – sterility vitamin.

ii) WTiich vitamin deficiency that causes the gums bleeding?
Answer:
Ascorbic acid (Vitamin C) deficiency causes the gums bleeding.

iii) Name the fat soluble vitamins from the above.
Answer:
Retinol (Vitamin A), Tocoferol (Vitamin E), Phylloquinone (Vitamin K) are fat soluble vitamins.

iv) Name the symptoms that appear due to deficiency of vitamin K.
Answer:
Delay in blood clotting, over bleeding are the symptoms appear due to deficiency of vitamin K.

Question 13.
Mention different modes of nutrition. Explain the mode of nutrition in Cuscuta.
Answer:
There are different modes of nutrition
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 12Parasitic Nutrition in Cuscuta :

  1. Cuscuta plant is the best example for parasitic nutrition.
  2. It contains no chlorophyll and has root like structures called haustoria.
  3. With the help of haustoria, cuscuta absorbs nutrients from it’s host plant.
  4. As cuscuta grows on the host plants, its roots gradually degenerated and it establishes firmly on the host plant.
  5. Meanwhile, the root rots away after stem contact has been made with a host plant.
  6. As dodder grows, it sends out new haustoria and establishes itself very firmly on the host plant.
  7. After growing in a few spirals around one host shoot, the dodder finds its way to another.
  8. It continues to twine and branch until it resembles a fine densley tangled web of thin stems enveloping the host plant.

Question 14.
Is the malnutrition reason for diseases? Why? Write any of such disease and its characters.
Answer:

  1. Yes, malnutrition is the reason for occurrance of diseases.
  2. Malnutrition is eating of food that does not have one or more than one nutrients in required amount.
  3. This results in scarcity of nutrients for the proper growth and health of the individual.
  4. Kwashiorkor disease occurs in children due to the deficiency of proteins in the diet.
  5. Characteristic features of kwashiorkor disease :
    1. Body parts becomes swollen due to accumulation of water in the intercellular spaces.
    2. Very poor muscle development, swollen legs, fluffy face, difficult to eat, diarrhoea, dry skin are the symptoms of Kwashiorkor disease.
    3. The child becomes lethargic and shows little interest in its surroundings or in playing and learning.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 15.
Which issues do you take into consideration to tell that plants play a key role in animals nutrition?
Answer:

  1. Plants play a very important role in nutrition of animals. Actually plants are the producers whereas animals are dependent on plants for their nutrition.
  2. Many plants or plants parts are eaten as food. There are around 2000 plant species which are cultivated for food. Nutrients like carbohydrates, proteins, fats, vitamins and minerals are available from these plants.
  3. Seeds of plants are good sources of food for animals including humans because they contain many healthful fats.
  4. Infact majority of the food consumed by human beings are seed based food. Edible seeds include cereals like wheat, rice, maize etc. and legumes like pea, groundnut and nuts.
  5. Oil seeds are often pressed to produce rich oils like sunflower, groundnut, sesame etc.
  6. Seeds are typically high in unsaturated fats and considered as a health food.
  7. Fruits are the ripened ovaries of plants including the seeds within. Many plants and animals have coevolved such that the fruits of the former are an attractive food source to the later.
  8. Vegetables are a second type of plant matter that is commonly eaten as food.
  9. Hence all the nutrients required by animals are available to the animals from plants. Hence plants are playing an important role in nutrition of animals including human beings.

Question 16.
Give examples for the vitamin deficiency diseases.
Answer:

S. No. Vitamin Deficiency diseases
1. Thiamine (B1) Beri beri
2. Riboflavin (B2) Glossitis
3. Niacin (B3) Pellagra
4. Pyridoxine (B6 Anaemia
5. Cyanocobalamine (B12) Pernicious anaemia
6. Folic acid (B9) Anaemia
7. Pantothenic acid Burning feet
8. Biotin Nerves disorders
9. Ascorbic acid (Vitamin C) Scurvy
10. Retinol (Vitamin A) Night blindness, Xerophthalmia, Rupture of cornea, Scaly skin
11. Calciferol (Vitamin D) Rickets, fragile bones
12. Tocoferol (Vitamin E) Fertility disorders, Sterility in males, Abortions in females
13. Phylloquinone (Vitamin K) Blood clotting

Question 17.
We know that by taking different types of food materials we will get vitamins. For this what changes shall we take in our food habits?
Answer:

  1. Eating of rice polished only for one time gives us vitamin thiamine in abundant amount.
  2. We should eat balanced food containing nutrients in equal quantities.
  3. Fresh leafy vegetables are rich source of vitamins Riboflavin, Folic acid and Vitamin ‘C’. So our diet should contain these leafy vegetables.
  4. Sufficient amount of non-vegetarian foods like meat, poultry, fish, kidney and liver should present in our food.
  5. Eating fresh fruits also add number of vitamins to our body.
  6. Whole cereals like wheat, rice provide number of vitamins to our body. So we shall eat required quantities of cereals in our food.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 18.
Describe what disaster occurs on earth, if photosynthesis life process stops.
Answer:

  1. Plants are the universal food providers. If they stop photosynthesis all the animals would die due to starvation.
  2. Plants release oxygen during photosynthesis. It is essential for survival of all living beings. If photosynthesis does not take place, there would be no oxygen on the earth and no chance of survival of life on this planet.
  3. plants utilise CO2 for photosynthesis. If it does not occur, CO2 utilisation is stopped and hence increase in the levels of CO2 This leads to global warming.

Question 19.
Describe the experiment conducted by Jan Baptist Von Helmont and discuss his results in the growth of plant body mass.
(OR)
How is water required for the growth of plant body mass?
Answer:

  1. In the year 1648 a Belgian scientist Jan Baptist Von Helmont conducted an experiment that continued for five years.
  2. He took a small willow tree and planted it in a large pot of soil.
  3. Before he did the experiment he carefully measured the mass of the dry soil and mass of the tree.
  4. He covered the soil with a lid so that nothing could fall on to the surface of the soil and add to its mass.
  5. There were holes in the lid so that the tree could grow out of the soil and so that air and water could reach the roots.
  6. Von Helmont left the tree for five years giving it only rain water to drink.
  7. At the end of five years he measured the mass of the tree and the mass of the dry soil for a second time.
  8. The results of this experiment are shown below.
    Mass (Kg)
    At start After five years Change in mass (Kg)
    Tree 2.27 76.74 74.47
    Drv soil 90.72 90.66 0.06
  9. This experiment changed the belief of hundreds of years. This is because Von Helmont arrived at a result that
    a) The substances needed for the growth of a plant do not come from the soil only.
    b) The plant grow because of the water it gets.

Question 20.
Write an account on the mechanism of dark reaction.
(OR)
Write an account on carbon fixation.
(OR)
Briefly explain the Melvin Calvin cycle.
Answer:

  1. The reactions of photosynthesis which do not require light energy are called dark reactions. These reactions occur both in presence and absence of light.
  2. Dark reactions occur in the stroma of the chloroplast and these were discovered by American scientist Melvin Calvin.
  3. In the first reaction carbon dioxide is accepted by Ribulose 1 – 5 biphosphate, a five carbon sugar to form hexose sugar.
  4. It is an unstable compound so it breaks down into two molecules of three carbon compounds called phospho glyceric acid (PGA).
  5. AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 13
  6. Phospho glyceric acid undergoes a series of reactions and is converted to glyceral- dehyde – 3 phosphate. NADPH and ATP produced in light reactions are used up at this stage.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 14
  7. Two molecules of glyceraldehyde – 3 phosphate combine together to form glucose molecule.
  8. In the end glucose is converted into starch.
    Summary reaction :
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 15

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 21.
Describe the buccal cavity of human beings.
(OR)
How is food masticated in buccal cavity?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 16

  1. The cavity or space in the mouth is called oral cavity or buccal cavity.
  2. Teeth, tongue and openings of three salivary glands are present in buccal cavity
  3. Incisors, canines, premolars and molars are the different types of teeth present in the mouth.
  4. Tongue is muscular and pushes the food on to the teeth during mastication. It also helps in swallowing the food into oesophagus.
  5. Three pairs of salivary glands present in the buccal cavity are parotid, sub-lingual and sub-maxillary glands.
  6. Parotid glands are present near the ears. The other two pairs of glands open below the tongue through ducts.

Question 22.
What is indigestion? How can we avoid indigestion?
Answer:
Indigestion: Indigestion is a general term when there is difficulty in digesting food. Healthy people can usually avoid problems related to indigestion by:

  1. Having simple, well balanced meals.
  2. Eating them in a leisurely manner. ,
  3. Thoroughly masticating the food.
  4. Avoiding taking violent excercises soon after eating food.
  5. Drinking plenty of water and having regular bowel movements.

Question 23.
What are vitamins? Why they are called essential nutrients? What is their role in the human body?
Answer:

  1. Vitamins are organic substances.
  2. They are micro – nutrients required in small quantities.
  3. Actually vitamins are not synthesised in the body and therefore they are essential nutrients.
  4. Though our body cannot synthesis vitamins we do not generally suffer from vitamin deficiency disease.
  5. This is because of two sources of vitamins for our body. Diet is the primary source.
  6. In addition, bacteria present in the intestine synthesis vitamins and supply them to us
  7. By themselves vitamins cannot generate any energy or carryout any chemical reaction.
  8. In the body vitamins combine with some of the enzymes and make the enzymes active.
  9. In the absence of vitamins, enzymes become inactive and cannot catalyse the reactions.
  10. Vitamins are normally present in all types of natural foods – milk, meat, fruits and vegetables.
  11. Vitamins are of two types:
    1. Water soluble vitamins eg: B complex and Vitamin C and
    2. Fat soluble vitamins eg: A, D, E and K.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 24.
Give an account of water soluble vitamins, their occurrence, deficiency diseases and symptoms.
Answer:
Vitamins, available sources and deficiency diseases:

Vitamin Resources Deficiency diseases Symptoms
B complex Vitamins:
1) Thiamine (B1)
Cereals, oil seeds, vegetables, milk, meat, fish, eggs. Beri Beri Vomitings, fits, loss of appetite, difficulty in breathing, paralvsis.
2) Riboflavin (B2) Milk, eggs, liver, kidney, green leafy vegetables. Glossitis Mouth cracks at corners, red and sore tongue, photophobia, scaly skin.
3) Niacin (B3) Kidney, liver, meat, egg, fish, oil seeds. Pellagra Dermatitis, diarrhoea, loss of memory scalv skin.
4) Pyridoxine (B6) Cereals, oil seeds, vegetables, milk, meat, fish, eggs, liver. Anaemia Hyper irritability, nausea, vomiting, fits.
5) Cyano cobalamine (B12) Synthesised by bacteria present in the intestine. Pernicious anaemia Lean and weak, less appetite.
6) Folic acid Liver, meat, eggs, milk, fruits, cereals, leafy vegetables. Anaemia Diarrhoea, loss of leucocytes, problems related to mucus in the intestines.
7) Pantothenic acid Sweet potatoes, ground nuts, vegetables, liver, kidney, egg. Burning feet Walking problems, sprain.
8) Biotin Pulses, nuts, vegetables, liver, milk, kidney. Nerves disorders Fatigue, mental depression, muscle pains.
9) Vitamin ‘C’ (Ascorbic acid) Green leafy vegetables, citrus fruits, sprouts. Scurvy Delay in healing of wounds, fractures of bones.

Question 25.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 17a) What apparatus do you use during the conduction of the experiment?
b) Before conducting the experiment, why do you keep the potted plant in dark place for a week?
c) What test do you conduct to know the formation of carbohydrates in leaves?
d) During the test, which part of the leaf turns into blue and which part doesn’t? Why?
Answer:
a) Potted plant, Light screen, Iodine solution, Petridish, Black paper.
b) To destarch the leaves.
c) Iodine Test
d) The part of the leaf exposed to light turn into blue. Unexposed part does not turn into blue.
Reason: Photosynthesis occurs only in the presence of sunlight. The unexposed part does not receive the sunlight.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 26.
Draw the diagram of equipment arrangement in Hydrilla experiment. You did to prove that oxygen releases in photosynthesis. Write the reasons why test tube is placed upside down on funnel.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 7Reasons for placing the test tube upside down on funnel:

  1. To count the number of bubbles coming out of the hydrilla twigs per minute during photosynthesis.
  2. To collect sufficient amount of oxygen at the end of the test tube so that it can be tested with glowing splinter.
  3. Amount of oxygen produced in the test tube can be measured by the displacement of water within the test tube.

Question 27.
Describe the internal structure of the leaf.
(OR)
How is the internal structure of leaf modified to prepare starch through the process of photosynthesis?
Answer:

  1. A transverse section of a typical leaf shows that it is covered on both sides by epidermis. Epidermal layers are covered on both sides by cuticle.
  2. Lower epidermis is interrupted by a large number of openings called stomata. The central opening is called stoma.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 10
  3. Each stoma is surrounded by two kidney shaped cells called Guard cells.
  4. Stomata regulate the exchange of gases and loss of water vapour from the leaves.
  5. Mesophyll is the tissue present between two epidermal layers. Upper mesophyll tissue is called palisade parenchyma and lower tissue is known as spongy parenchyma.
  6. The cells in the palisade parenchyma are long elongated arranged in rows.
  7. The cells in the spongy parenchyma are irregularly arranged cells with large inter cellular spaces.
  8. More number of chloroplasts are present in palisade parenchyma than the spongy parenchyma.
  9. In the midrib and veins vascular bundles are present with phloem located towards the lower side and xylem towards the upper side.

Question 28.
Write about the parasitic nutrition in cuscuta plant.
Answer:

  1. Dodder (genus cuscuta) is a leafless, twining, parasitic plant belongs to family convolvulaceae.
  2. The dodder contains no chlorophyll and instead absorbs food through haustoria.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 18
  3. The dodder’s seed germinates, forming an anchoring root, and then sends up a slender stem that grows in a spiral fashion until it reaches a host plant.
  4. It then twines around the stem of the host plant and throws out haustoria, which penetrate it.
  5. Water is drawn through the haustoria from the host plant’s stem and xylem, and nutrients are drawn from its phloem.
  6. Meanwhile, the root rots away after stem contact has been made with a host plant.
  7. As the dodder grows, it sends out new haustoria and establishes itself very firmly on the host plant.
  8. After growing in a few spirals around one host shoot, the dodder finds its way to another and it continues to twine and branch until it resembles a fine densley tangled web of thin stems enveloping the host plant.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 29.
Describe the digestion of food materials in alimentary canal with the help of a diagram.
(OR)
How is the food digested in your body?
Answer:

  1. The alimentary canal is basically a long tube extending from the mouth to the anus.
  2. Food is masticated by our teeth in the mouth and mixed with saliva to make it slippery and wet.
  3. Saliva which contains amylase helps in the breakdown of carbohydrates into simple ones.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 19
  4. The soft food mixed with saliva passes through oesophagus or food pipe by wave like movements called peristaltic movements to the stomach.
  5. The gastric glands in the stomach secrete gastric juice that contains hydrochloric acid, protein digesting enzyme pepsin and mucus.
  6. Partially digested food chyme is released in small amounts by sphincter muscles reach small intestine.
  7. Bile juice secreted by liver and pancreatic juice secreted by the pancreas release into the duodenum of small intestine.
  8. Emulsification of fats is done by bile juice. Pancreatic juice contains enzyme trypsin for carrying on the process of digestion of proteins and lipase for fats.
  9. Complete digestion of carbohydrates, fats and proteins takes place in the small intestine by intestinal juice.
  10. Finger-like projections present in the walls of small intestine are called villi. They absorb the digested food into the blood.
  11. Rest of the food is sent into the large intestine where most of the water present in it is absorbed from the food.
  12. This material is then expelled through the anus which is the last part of the alimentary canal.

Question 30.
Draw a flow chart of human digestive system.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 21

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 31.
Write briefly about nutrition in paramoecium. (OR)
Explain the nutrition process in paramoecium with the help of diagrams.
Answer:
Paramoecium :

  1. Paramoecium is a unicellular aquatic organism.
  2. The paramoecium has thin, hair like cilia all over its body.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 22
  3. The cilia move back and forth rapidly in water.
  4. When the cilia is present around, the mouth region of paramoecium move, back and forth. They sweep the food particles present in water into the mouth of paramoecium.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 23
  5. This is the first step in the nutrition of paramoecium which is called ingestion and is followed by digestion, absorption, assimilation and egestion.

Question 32.
Describe the digestion of food in the stomach. (OR)
How is the food digested in your stomach ?
Answer:

  1. The stomach is a large organ which expands when food enters it.
  2. The muscular walls of the stomach help in mixing the food thoroughly with more digestive juices.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 24
  3. The gastric glands present in the wall of the stomach secrete gastric juice which contains hydrochloric acid, pepsin and mucus.
  4. The hydrochloric acid facilitates the action of the enzyme pepsin and also kills the germs present in the food.
  5. The enzyme pepsin digests proteins and mucus protects the inner lining of the stomach from the action of the acid under normal conditions.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

Question 33.
Describe the digestion of food in the small intestine. (OR)
What are the changes that you see during the digestion of food in small intenstine?
(OR)
Small intestine is a long coiled tube. How the food is digested in small intestine of human being?
Answer:

  1. The small intestine is the longest part of the alimentary canal.
  2. It is the site of the complete digestion of carbohydrates, proteins and fats.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 25
  3. It receives the secretion of liver and pancreas for this purpose.
  4. These juices make the internal condition of the intestine gradually to a basic or alkaline one.
  5. Bile juice secreted by liver breaks down fats into small globules like forms. This process is called emulsification.
  6. Pancreatic juice contains enzymes like trypsin for carrying on the process of digestion of proteins and lipase for fats.
  7. Walls of the small intestine secrete intestinal juice. This is also known as succus entericus.
  8. The intestinal juice consists of enzymes like enterokinase, peptidase, lipase, sucrase, nucleotidase, nucleosidase etc.
  9. Enzymes present in the intestine completely digest the partially digested food.
  10. Following digestive processes take place in the intestine.
    a) Peptidases convert peptides into amino adds.
    b) Intestinal lipase completely digest fats into fatty acids and glycerol.
    c) Enzymes sucrase, maltase, lactase hydrolyse sucrose, maltose and lactose respectively converting them into glucose.
    d) Nucleotidase and nucleosidase complete the digestion of nucleic acids.
  11. The end products of digestion are absorbed in the intestine.

Question 34.
What are the health aspects of the alimentary canal?
Answer:

  1. The human alimentary canal usually functions remarkably well considering how badly we treat it on occasions.
  2. Vomiting is the body’s method of ridding itself unwanted or harmful substances from the stomach.
  3. There are many causes of vomiting, but one of the most common is over eating, especially when the food contains a high proportion of fat.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition 26
  4. The liver is unable to cope with the excessive fat and we get a feeling of nausea and sometime headache.
  5. Indigestion is a general term used when there is difficulty in digesting food.
  6. A more serious form of indigestion is caused by stomach and duodenal ulcers. These conditions occur more often in people who may be described as hurried or worried.
  7. Those who are able to relax, who are not continually tensed up, and who live at a slower pace, seldom get ulcers.
  8. For good health it is necessary to empty the bowels regularly.
  9. If the food residues remain in the colon for too long, the bacteria present have more time to produce harmful substances which may be absorbed by the blood.
  10. Constipation can often be avoided by having plenty of roughage in the diet.AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 1 Nutrition

 

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions 7th Lesson Human Eye and Colourful World

10th Class Physics 7th Lesson Human Eye and Colourful World Textbook Questions and Answers

Review of Your Previous Knowledge

Question 1.
What is the function of lens in human eye?
Answer:
The eye lens forms a real image on retina then we can see the objects.

Question 2.
How does it help to see objects at long distances and short distances?
Answer:
Eye lens can adjust itself in shape, so that it helps to see the objects at long and short distances.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 3.
How is it possible to get the image at the same distance on the retina?
Answer:
When the eye is focussed at distant object, the ciliary muscles are relaxed. So the focal length of eye lens adjusted itself which is equal to the distance of object from the retina. Then we can see the object clearly.
When the eye is focussed on a closer object the ciliary muscles adjust the focal length in such a way that the image is formed on retina and we see the object clearly.

Question 4.
Are we able to see all objects in front of our eye clearly?
Answer:
Yes. By maintaining the 25 cm distance of the object from our eye, we can see the objects in front of our eye.

Question 5.
How do the lenses used in spectacles correct defects of vision?
Answer:
To form image on retina.
To correct
myopia- Concave lens
hypermetropia i- Convex lens

Improve Your Learning

Question 1.
How do you correct the eye defect Myopia? (AS1)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 1

  • Some people cannot see objects at long distances but can see nearby objects clearly. This type of defect in vision is called ‘Myopia’ or ‘Near sightedness’.
  • Myopia is corrected by using a con-cave lens of focal length equal to the distance of the far point F from the eye.
  • This lens diverges the parallel rays from distant object as if they are coming from the far point.
  • Finally the eye lens forms a clear im-age at the retina.

Question 2.
Explain the correction of the eye defect Hypermetropia. (AS1)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 2

  • A person with hypermetropia can see distant objects clearly but cannot see objects at near distances. This is also known as ‘far sightedness’.
  • Eye lens can form a clear image on the retina when any object is placed beyond near point.
  • To correct the defect of hypermetropia, we need to use a lens which forms an image of an object beyond near point at H, when the object is between H and L. This is possible only when a double con¬vex lens is used.
  • The image acts like an object for the eye lens. Hence final image due to eye is formed at retina.

Question 3.
How do you find experimentally the refractive index of material of a prism? (AS1)
(OR)
Write the experimental procedure in finding the refractive index of a prism.
(OR)
Which quantity will decide whether a given medium is denser or rarer? How do you find that quantity of prism experimentally?
Answer:
Refractive index decides whether a medium is denser or rarer.
Aim :
To find the refractive index of a prism.

Materials required :
Glass prism, white chart of size 20 x 20 cm, pencil, pins, scale and protractor.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 3
Procedure :

  1. Keep a prism on white chart.
  2. Draw the triangular base of the prism with pencil.
  3. Remove the prism.
  4. The shape of the outline drawn prism is triangle and name its vertices as P, Q and R.
  5. PQ and PR be the refracting surfaces.
  6. Find the angle between PQ and PR. This is the angle of the prism (A) (or) Refracting angle.
  7. Mark M on PQ and draw a perpendicular line to PQ at M.
  8. Place the centre of the protractor at M, along the normal and mark an angle of 30° and then draw a line up to M. This line denotes incident ray. This angle is called angle of incidence.
  9. Place the prism in its position (triangle) again.
  10. Now fix two pins vertically on the line at points A and B .
  11. See the images of pins through the 2nd refracting side (PR).
  12. Fix another two pins at points C and D such that all the four pins appear to lie along the same line.
  13. Remove the pins and prism, join the pin-holes. Draw the incident and emergent rays.
  14. The angle between the normal and the emergent ray at N is the angle of emergence.
  15. The line passing through the points A, B, M, N, C and D represents the path of light when it suffers refraction through prism.

The angle of deviation :

  • Extend incident and emergent rays are intercept at a point ‘O’.
  • The angle between these two rays is the angle of deviation (d).
  • Note the emergent deviation angles for different values of i, in the given table.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 4

  • Draw the graph between angle of incidence on X – axis and the angle of deviation on Y – axis.
  • We notice that the angle of deviation decreases first and then increases with increase of the angle of incidence.
  • Mark points on a graph paper and join the points to obtain a graph (smooth curve).
  • Draw a tangent line to the curve, which parallel to X-axis, at the lowest point of the graph.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 5

  • The point where this line cuts the Y- axis gives the angle of minimum deviation. It is denoted by D.
  • From the graph, we notice that, at angle of minimum deviation, the angle of incidence is equal to the angle of emergence.
  • By finding A and D we can find refractive index of prism by using formula .

Question 4.
Explain the formation of rainbow. (AS1)
(OR)
What is the natural spectrum occuring in sky? Explain the formation of that spectrum.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 6

  • A rainbow is a natural spectrum of sunlight in the form of bows appearing in the sky when the sun shines on rain drops.
  • It is combined result of reflection, refraction and dispersion of sunlight from water droplets, in atmosphere.
  • It always forms in the direction opposite to the sun.
  • To see a rainbow, the sun be must behind us and the water droplets falls in front of us.
  • When a sunlight enters a spherical raindrop, it is refracted and dispersed. The different colours of light are bent in different angles.
  • When different colours of light falls on the back inner surface of drop, it (Water drop) reflects (different colours of light) interwnally (total internal reflection).
  • The water drops again refract the different colours, when it comes out from the raindrop.
  • After leaving this different colours from the raindrop as rainbow, reach our eye. Thus, we see a rainbow.

Question 5.
Explain briefly the reason for the blue of the sky. (AS1)
Answer:

  • The reason for blue sky is due to the molecules N2 and O2.
  • The size of these molecules are comparable to the wavelength of blue light.
  • These molecules act as scattering centres for scattering of blue light.
  • So scattering of blue light by molecules of N2 and O2 is responsible for blue of the sky.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 6.
Explain two activities for the formation of artificial rainbow. (AS1)
(OR)
Give two activities for the formation of the artificial rainbow? And explain it.
(OR)
Suggest an experiment to create a rainbow in your classroom and explain the procedure.
Answer:
Activity -1 :
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 6

  • Select a white coated wall on which the sun rays fdll.
  • Stand in front of a wall in such a way that the sun rays fall on your back.
  • Hold a tube through which water is flowing.
  • Place your finger in the tube to obstruct the flow of water.
  • Water comes out from small gaps between the tube and finger like a fountain.
  • Observe the changes on wall while showering the water.

Activity – II : (Activity – 4)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 10

  • Take a metal tray and fill with water.
  • Place a mirror in water such that it makes an angle to the water surface.
  • Now focus white light on the mirror through the water.
  • Keep a white card board sheet above the water surface.
  • We may observe the colours VIBGYOR on the board.
  • The splitting of white light into different colours (VIBGYOR) is called dispersion.
  • So consider a white light is a collection of waves with different wavelengths.
  • Violet has shortest wavelength, and red has longest wavelength.

Question 7.
Derive an expression for the refractive index of the material of a prism. (AS1)
Answer:
Derivation of formula for refractive index of a prism :
PQ and PR are refracting surfaces of prism, i, is an angle of incidence, i2 is an angle of emergence, is an angle of refraction of first surface and r2 is an angle of incidence on second surface.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 11
1. From triangle OMN, we get
d = i1 – r1 + i2 – r2
∴ d = (i1 + i2)-(r1+ r2) ……… (1)
2. From triangle PMN, we have
∠A + (90° – r1) + (90° – r2) = 180°
⇒ r1 + r2 = A ……… (2)
3. From (1) and (2),
⇒ d = (i1 + i2) – A
⇒ A + d = i1 + i2
4. This is the relation between angle of incidence, angle of emergence, angle of deviation and angle of prism.

5. From Snell’s law, we know that
n1 sin i = n2 sin r

6. Let ‘n’ be the refractive index of the prism.
7. Using Snell’s law at M, refractive index of air n1 = 1; i = i1; n2 = n; r = r1.
⇒ sin i1 = n sin r1 …………. (4)
8. Similarly, at N, n1 = n; i = r2; n2 = 1; i1 = i2
⇒ n sin r2 = n sin i2 ………… (5)
9. We know that at the angle of minimum deviation position (D), i.e. i1 = i2
10. We will notice that MN is parallel to the base of prism QR.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 12
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 13

14. This is the formula for the refractive index of the prism.

Question 8.
Light of wavelength λ1 enters a medium with refractive index n2 from a medium with refractive index n1 What is the wavelength of light in second medium? (AS1)
Answer:
Wavelength of first medium =λ1
Refractive index of first medium = n1
Let the wavelength of second medium = λ2,
Refractive index of second medium = n2
Light enters from first medium to second medium = \(\Rightarrow \frac{\mathrm{n}_{2}}{\mathrm{n}_{1}}=\frac{\mathrm{c}_{1}}{\mathrm{c}_{2}}=\frac{\lambda_{1}}{\lambda_{2}}\) (∵ υ = const)
\(\Rightarrow \lambda_{2}=\frac{\lambda_{1} \mathrm{n}_{1}}{\mathrm{n}_{2}}\)

Note:
For the below questions the following options are given. Choose the correct option by making hypothesis based on given assertion and reason. Give an explanation.
a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
b) Both A and R are true and R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
d) Both A and R are false.
e) A is false but R is true.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 9.
Assertion (A) : The refractive index of a prism depends only on the kind of glass of which it is made of and the colour of light. (AS2)
Reason (R) : The refractive index of a prism depends on the refracting angle of the prism and the angle of minimum deviation.
Answer:
(b) Both A and R are true and R is not the correct explanation of A.

Question 10.
Assertion (A) : Blue colour of sky appears due to scattering of light.
Reason (R) : Blue colour has shortest wavelength among all colours of white light. (AS2)
Answer:
(C) A is true but R is false.

Question 11.
Suggest an experiment to produce a rainbow in your classroom and explain the procedure. (AS3)
Answer:
Activity to produce a rainbow in classroom :

  • Take a prism and place it on the table near a vertical white wall.
  • Take a thin wooden plank, make a small hole in it and fix it vertically on the table.
  • Place the prism between the wooden plank and wall.
  • Place a white light source behind the hole of the wooden plank. Switch on the light.
  • Adjust the height of the prism such that the light falls on one of the lateral surfaces.
  • Observe the changes in the emerged ray of the prism.
  • Adjust the prism by slightly rotating it till you get an image on the wall.
  • We observe a band of different colours on the wall.
  • These colours are nearly equal to the colours of the rainbow, i.e., VIBGYOR.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 12.
Prisms are used in binoculars. Collect information why prisms are used in binoculars. (AS4)
Answer:

  • Binoculars consists of a pair of identical or mirror symmetrical telescope mounted side by side and aligned to point accurately in the same direction, allowing the viewer to use both eyes, when viewing distant objects.
  • The size of binoculars is reduced by using prisms.
  • We get good image with more brightness.
  • Objective size and optical quality should be increased by using prisms in binoculars.

Question 13.
Incident ray on one of the face (AB) of prism and emergent ray from the face AC are given in figure. Complete the ray diagram. (AS5)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 17
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 7

Question 14.
How do you appreciate the role of molecules in the atmosphere for the blue colour of the sky? (AS6)
(OR)
How do you appreciate the nature of molecules, responsible for the blue of the sky?
Answer:

  • The sky appear blue due to atmospheric refraction and scattering of light through molecules.
  • Molecules are scattering centres.
  • The reason to blue sky is due to the molecules N2 and 02.
  • The sizes of these molecules are comparable to the wavelength of blue light.
  • In the absence of molecules there will be no scattering of sunlight and the sky will appear dark.
  • We should appreciate the molecules which are scattering centres.

Question 15.
Eye is the only organ to visualise the colourful world around us. This is possible due to accommodation of eye lens. Prepare a six line stanza expressing your wonderful feelings. (AS6)
Answer:
“Many people simply see
The world in black and white
But through my eyes the world’s alive
So colourful and bright
Don’t close your mind to the sights
That light up the night and day
There’s so much to see here on this earth
And not a rupee do you have to pay”
The most obvious things aren’t the ones
There is beauty in the unknown
with willing eyes and an open mind
The true wonders you will be shown

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 16.
How do you appreciate the working of ciliary muscles in the eye? (AS6)
(OR)
Which muscles are helpful in changing the focal length of eye lens? How do you appreciate those muscles?
Answer:

  • Ciliary muscles are helpful in changing focal length of eye lens.
  • The ciliary muscles which attached with eye lens help to change the focal length of eye lens.
  • When the eye is focussed on a distant object, these are relaxed. So the focal length of eye lens increases to its maximum value.
  • The parallel rays coming into the eye are focussed on the retina then we can see the object clearly.
  • When the eye is focussed on a nearer object the muscles are strained so the focal length of eye-lens decreases. The ciliary muscles adjust the focal length and the image is formed on retina then we can see the object.
  • Their process of adjusting focal length of eve lens is called accomodation.
  • So ciliary muscles must be appreciated for its accomodation of eye lens.

Question 17.
Why does the sky sometimes appear white? (AS7)
(OR)
The sky sometimes appears white. What is the reason behind it?
Answer:

  • Our atmosphere contains atoms and molecules of different sizes.
  • According to their sizes, they are able to scatter different wavelengths of light.
  • For example, the size of the water molecule is greater than the size of the N2 or O2.
  • It acts as a scattering centre for light other frequencies which are lower than the frequency of blue light.
  • On a hot day due to rise in the temperature, water vapour enters atmosphere which leads to abundant presence of water molecules in atmosphere. These water molecules scatter the colours of other frequencies (other than blue).
  • All such colours of other frequencies reach our eye and white colour is appeared to us.

Question 18.
Glass is known to be transparent material. But ground glass is opaque and white in colour. Why? (AS7)
Answer:

  • Ground glass is glass whose surface has been ground that produces a flat but rough finish.
  • Ground glass has the effect of rendering the glass translucent by scattering of light during transmission thus blurring visibility while still transmitting light.
  • To get more permanent frost, the glass may be ground by rubbing with some gritty substance.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 19.
If a white sheet of paper is stained with oil, the paper turns transparent. Why? (AS7)
(OR)
What is the reason behind the paper turns transparent when it is immersed in oil?
Answer:

  • The paper fibres have higher index of refraction probably much greater than 1.5.
  • The oil or fat also has a high index of refraction so that it nearly matches the index of refraction of the paper fibres and it reduces the scattering significantly.
  • The fat adhering to the cellulose fibers lowers the index of refraction of the cellulose and also fills in air voids, so that visible light passes through the bag with significantly less scattering.
  • The oil connects the fibres in the paper with a liquid which can transmit by refraction (rather than scatter) light that falls upon it. As a result, the paper stained with oil is turned transparent.

Question 20.
A light ray falls on one of the faces of a prism at an angle 40° so that it suffers angle of minimum deviation of 30°. Find the angle of prism and angle of refraction at the given surface. (AS7)
Answer:
Given that, incident ray on one of the prisms (i1) = 40°
Angle of minimum deviation (D) = 30°
Angle of prism (A) = ?
A+D = 2i1
⇒ A = 2i1 – D
⇒ A = 2(40°) -30°
= 80° – 30°
= 50°
∴ Angle of prims (A) = 50°
Angle of refraction (r1) = ?
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 14

Question 21.
The focal length of a lens suggested to a person with Hypermetropia is 100 cm. Find the distance of near point and power of the lens. (AS7)
Answer:
i) The distance of near point :
If the distance of near point is ‘d’ and focal length is ‘f’ then the relation between
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 8

Question 22.
A person is viewing an extended object. If a converging lens is placed in front of his eye, will he feel that the size of object has increased? Why? (AS7)
Answer:

  • A simple magnifier allows us to put the object closer to the eye than we could normally focus and forms an enlarged virtual images.
  • The principle behind this is angular magnification.
  • The magnification is Ma = \(\frac{25}{f}\) for the close focus point, but since that causes eye strain, it is usually desirable to put the images at infinity giving Ma = \(\frac{25}{f}\)
  • So he fees the size of object is increased. The reason is mentioned.
  • Angular magnification: ‘The ratio of the angle substended at the eye by the image formed by an optical instrument to the angle substended at the eye by the object being viewed.”

Fill In The Blanks

1. The value of least distance of distinct vision is about ……………………… .
2. The distance between the eye lens and retina is about ……………………… .
3. The maximum focal length of the eye lens is about ……………………… .
4. The eye lens can change its focal length due to working of ……………………… muscles.
5. The power of lens is ID then focal length is ……………………… .
6. Myopia can be corrected by using ……………………… lens.
7. Hypermetropia can be corrected by using ……………………… lens.
8. In minimum deviation position of prism, the angle of incidence is equal to angle of ……………………… .
9. The splitting of white light into different colours (VIBGYOR) is called ……………………… .
10. During refraction of light, the character of light which does not change is ……………………… .
Answer:

  1. 25 cm
  2. 2.5 cm
  3. 2.5 cm
  4. ciliary
  5. 100 cm
  6. bi-concave
  7. bi-convex
  8. emergence
  9. dispersion of light
  10. frequency

Multiple Choice Questions

1. The size of an object as perceived by an eye depends primarily on
A) actual size of the object
B) distance of the object from the eye
C) aperture of the pupil
D) size if the image formed on the retina
Answer:
B) distance of the object from the eye

2. When objects at different distances are seen by the eye which of the following remains constant?
A) focal length of eye-lens
B) object distance from eye-lens
C) the radii of curvature of eye-lens
D) image distance from eye-lens
Answer:
D) image distance from eye-lens

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

3. During refraction, …………….. will not change.
A) wavelength
B) frequency
C) speed of light
D) all the above
Answer:
B) frequency

4. A ray of light falls on one of the lateral surfaces of an equilateral glass prism placed on the horizontal surface of a table as shown in figure. For minimum deviation of ray, which of the following is true?
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 9
A) PQ is horizontal
B) ‘QR’ is horizontal
C) ‘RS’ is horizontal
D) Either ‘PQ’ or ‘RS’ is horizontal
Answer:
B) ‘QR’ is horizontal

5. Far point of a person is 5 m. In order that he has normal vision what ki nd of spectacles should he use?
A) concave lens with focal length 5 m
B) concave lens with focal length 10 m
C) convex lens with focal length 5 m
D) convex lens with focal length 2.5 mm
Answer:
A) concave lens with focal length 5 m

6. The process of re-emission of absorbed light in all directions with different intensi¬ties by the atom or molecule is called ……………
A) scattering of light
B) dispersion of light
C) reflection of light
D) refraction of light
Answer:
A) scattering of light

10th Class Physics 7th Lesson Human Eye and Colourful World InText Questions and Answers

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 104

Question 1.
Can you imagine the shape of rainbow when observed during travel in an airplane?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 18
The shape of rainbow, when observed during travel in an airplane is circular as shown in the following figure.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 88

Question 2.
Why do the values of least distance of distinct vision and angle of vision change with person and age?
Answer:

  • The ciliary muscle helps the eye lens to change its focal length by changing radii of curvature of eye lens.
  • When the eye is focussed on a distant object, the ciliary muscles are relaxed so that the focal length of eye lens has its maximum value which is equal to its distance from the retina.
  • The working of ciliary muscle in eye changes from person to person.
  • So, the values of least distance of distinct vision and angle of vision changes with person and age.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 89

Question 3.
How can we get same image distance for various positions of objects?
Answer:
For different positions of object, the image distance remains constant only when focal length of lens changes.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 4.
Can you answer above question using concepts of refraction through lenses?
Answer:
The focal length of a lens depends on the material by which it has been made and radii of curvatures of lens. We need to change focal length of eye lens to get same image distance for various positions of object.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 90

Question 5.
How does eye lens change its focal length?
(OR)
What is the role of ciliary muscles in the eye ? Write the answer in one or two sentences only.
Answer:
The ciliary muscles to which eye lens is attached help the eye lens to change its focal length by changing the radii of curvature of eye lens.

Question 6.
How does this change (eye lens changes its focal lengths) take place in eye ball?
Answer:
When the eye is focussed on a distant object the ciliary muscles are relaxed. So the focal length of eye lens has its maximum value which is equal to its distance from the retina. The parallel rays coming into the eye are then focussed on to the retina and we see the object clearly.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 7.
Does eye lens form a real image or virtual image?
Answer:
The eye lens forms a real and inverted image of an object on the retina.

Question 8.
How does the image formed on retina help us to perceive the object without change in its shape, size and colour?
Answer:

  • The eye lens forms a real and inverted image of an object on the retina.
  • This retina is a delicate membrane, which contains large number of receptors (125 million) called ‘rods’ and ‘cones’.
  • They receive the light signals and identify the colour, and the intensity of light.
  • These signals are transmitted to the brain through optic-nerve fibres.
  • The brain interprets these signals and finally processes the information so that we perceive the object in terms of its shape, size and colour.

Question 9.
Is there any limit to change of focal length of eye lens?
Answer:
Yes. When the object is at infinity, the parallel rays from the object falling on the eye lens are refracted. They form a point-sized image on retina. In this situation, eye lens has a maximum focal length.

Question 10.
What are the maximum and minimum focal lengths of the eye lens?
Answer:
Maximum focal length is 2.5 cm and minimum focal length is 2.27 cm.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 11.
How can we find the maximum and minimum focal lengths of the eye lens?
(OR)
Calculate the maximum and minimum focal lengths of the eye lens.
Answer:’
a) When the object is at infinity,
u = – ∞ ; v = 2.5 cm (image distance which is equal to distance between eye lens and retina)
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 19

b) Object at a distance of 25 cm from eye. In this case, eye has minimum focal length.
Here u = -25 cm ; v 2.5 cm
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 24

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 91

Question 12.
What happens if eye lens is not able to adjust its focal length?
Answer:
In this case the person cannot see the object clearly and comfortably.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 13.
What happens if the focal length of eye lens is beyond the range of 2.5 cm to 2.27 cm?
Answer:
The vision (image) becomes blurred due to defects of eye lens.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 92

Question 14.
What can we do to correct myopia?
Answer:
To correct myopia, we use concave lens.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 93

Question 15.
How can you decide the focal length of the lens to be used to correct myopia?
Answer:
Assume that the object distance (u) is infinity and image distance (v) is equal to distance of far point.
u = – ∞ ; v = distance of far point = – D
Let ‘f be the focal length of bi-concave lens.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 25

Here ‘f is negative showing that it is a concave lens.

Question 16.
What happens when the eye has a minimum focal length greater than 2.27 cm?
Answer:
In this case, the rays coming from the nearby object after refraction at eye lens, forms image beyond the retina.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 94

Question 17.
How can you decide the focal length of convex lens to be used?
Answer:
Here object distance (u) = -25 cm
Image distance (v) = – d (distance of near point)
Let ‘f be the focal length of bi-convex lens.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 20

If d > 25 cm, then ‘f’ becomes positive then we need to use bi-convex lens to correct hypermetropia.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 95

Question 18.
Have you ever observed details in the prescription?
Answer:
A prescription that contains some information regarding type of lens to be used to correct vision.

Question 19.
What does it (“my sight is increased or decreased”) mean?
Answer:
Usually doctors, after testing the defects of vision prescribe corrective lenses indicating
their power which determines the type of lens to be used and its focal length.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 20.
What do you mean by power of lens ? flftorH)
Answer:
The reciprocal of focal length is called power of lens.

Question 21.
Doctor advised to use 2D lens. What is its focal length?
Answer:
Given power of lens P = 2D
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 21
∴ Focal length of lens (f) = 50 cm.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 96

Question 22.
How could the white light of the sun give us various colours of the rainbow?
Answer:
Due to reflection, refraction and dispersion of sunlight.

Question 23.
What happens to a light ray when it passes through a transparent medium bounded by plane surfaces which are inclined to each other?
Answer:
When light incident on one of the plane surfaces and emerges from the other.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 24.
What is a prism?
Answer:
A prism is a transparent medium separated from the surrounding medium by consisting two refracting plane surfaces which are inclined.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 97

Question 25.
What is the shape of the outline drawn for a prism?
Answer:
The outline drawn for a prism is in a triangle shape.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 98

Question 26.
How do you find the angle of deviation?
Answer:
The angle between the extended incident and emergent rays is called angle of deviation.
(OR)
Extend both incident and emergent rays till they meet at a point ‘O’. Measure the angle between these two rays. This is the angle of deviation.

Question 27.
What do you notice from the angle of deviation?
Answer:
The angle of deviation decreases first and then increases with increase in the angle of incidence.

Question 28.
Can you draw a graph between angle of incidence and angle of deviation?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 5
Yes, we can draw the graph between angle of incidence and angle of deviation.

Question 29.
From the graph, can you find the minimum of the angle of deviation?
Answer:
Yes, we can. Draw a tangent line to the curve, parallel to X – axis, at the lowest point of the graph. The point where this line cuts Y – axis gives the angle of minimum deviation.

Question 30.
Is there any relation between the angle of incidence (i) angle of emergence (r) and piangle of deviation (d)?
Answer:
(i1 + i2)= A + D
i + r = A + D

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 101

Question 31.
In activity-3,we noticed that light has chosen different paths. Does this mean that the refractive index of the prism varies from colour to colour?
Answer:
Yes, refractive index of the prism varies from colour to colour.

Question 32.
Is the speed of light of each colour different?
Answer:
In vacuum – No, the speed of each colour is constant.
In medium – Speed is different for different colours.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 33.
Can you guess now, why light splits into different colours when it passes through a prism?
Answer:
Due to dispersion of light and different wavelength of colours in medium.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 102

Question 34.
Does it (light passing through a prism) split into more colours? Why?
Answer:
We know the frequency of light is the properly of the source and it is equal to number of waves leaving the source per second. This cannot be changed by any medium. Hence frequency doesn’t change due to refraction. The coloured light passing through any transparent medium retains its colour.

Question 35.
Can you give an example in nature, where you observe colours as seen in activity 3?
Answer:
Yes, in rainbow. It is a good example of dispersion of light.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 36.
When do you see a rainbow in the sky?
Answer:
Dut to the refraction, reflection and dispersion of sunlight, when the sunlight passes through the rain drops, we can see the rainbow in the sky.

Question 37.
Can we create a rainbow artificially?
Answer:
Yes, we can create a rainbow artificially.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 104

Question 38.
Why does the light dispersed by the raindrops appear as a bow?
Answer:

  • A rainbow is not the flat two dimensional arc as it appears to us.
  • The rainbow we see is actually a three dimensional cone with the tip of our eye.
  • All the drops that disperse the light towards us lie in the shape of the cone – a cone of different layers.
  • The drops that disperse red colour to our eye are on the outermost layer of the cone, similarly, the drops that disperse orange colour to our eye are on the layer of the cone beneath the red colour cone.
  • In this way the cone responsible for yellow lies beneath orange and so on it till the violet colour cone becomes the innermost cone.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 22 AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 23

Question 39.
Why is the sky blue?
Answer:
A clear cloudless day – time sky is blue because molecules in the air scatter blue light from the sun more than thev scatter red liuht.

Question 40.
What is scattering?
A. Atoms or molecules which are exposed to absorb light energy and emit some part of the light energy in different directions is called scattering of light.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 106

Question 41.
Why is that the sky appears white sometimes when you view it in certain direction on hot days?
Answer:

  • On a hot day, due to rise in the temperature, water vapour enters atmosphere which leads to abundant presence of water molecules in atmosphere.
  • These water molecules scatter the colours of other frequencies (other than blue).
  • All such colours of other frequencies reach our eye and the sky appears white.

Question 42.
Do you know the reasons for appearance the red colour of sun during sunrise and at sunset?
(OR)
Sun appears red in colour during sunrise and sunset. Give reason.
(OR)
Why does sky appear red at Sunshine and Sunset?
Answer:

  • The light rays from the sun travel more distance in atmosphere to reach our eye in morning and evening times.
  • During sunrise and sunset except red light all colours scatter more and vanish before they reach us.
  • Since scattering of red light is very less, it reaches us.
  • As a result sun appears red in colour during sunrise and sunset.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World

Question 43.
Can you guess the reason why sun does not appear red during noon hours?
Answer:
During noon hours, the distance to be travelled by the sun rays in atmosphere is less than when compared to morning and evening hours. Therefore all colours reach our eye without scattering. Hence the sunlight appears white in noon hours.

10th Class Physics 7th Lesson Human Eye and Colourful World Activities

Activity – 1

Question 1.
How do you find least distance of distinct vision?
(OR)
What is the least distance a person can see an object comfortably and distinctly known as ? Write an activity to find that (least, distance of distinct vision) distance.
Answer:

  • The least distance a person can see an object comfortably and distinctly is known as least distance of distinct vision.
  • Hold the textbook at certain distance with your hands.
  • Try to read the contents on the page.
  • Gradually move the book towards eye, till it reaches very close to your eyes.
  • You may see that printed letters on the page appear blurred or you feel strain to read.
  • Now move the book backwards to a position where you can see clear printed letters without strain.
  • Ask your friend to measure distance between your eye and textbook at this position.
  • Note down its value.
  • Repeat this activity with other friends and note down the distances for distinct vision in each case.
  • Find the average of all these distances of clear vision.
  • You will notice that to see an object comfortably and distinctly, you must hold it at a distance about 25 cm from your eyes.
  • This 25 cm distance is called least distance of distinct vision.
  • This value varies from person to person and with age.

Activity – 2

Question 2.
How can you find angle of vision?
(OR)
What is maximun angle a person is able to see whole object? Write an activity to find that angle.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 15

  • The maximum angle, at which we are able to see the whole object is called angle of vision.
  • Arrange a retort stand.
  • Collect a few wooden sticks (or) PVC pipes that are used for electric wiring.
  • Prepare sticks or pipes of 20 cm, 30 cm, 35 cm, 40 cm, 50 cm from them.
  • Keep the retort stand on a table and stand near the table such that vour head is beside the vertical stand.
  • Adjust the clamp on horizontal rod and fix at a distance of 25 cm from the eyes.
  • Ask one of your friends to fix a wooden stick of 30 cm height to the clamp in vertical position.
  • Now keeping your vision parallel to horizontal rod of the stand, try to see the top and bottom of wooden stick kept in vertical position.
  • If you are not able to see both ends of stick at this distance (25 cm), adjust the vertical stick on the horizontal rod till you are able to see both ends of the stick at nearest possible distance from your eye.
  • Fix the clamp to the vertical stick at this position.
  • Without changing the position of the clamp on horizontal rod, replace this stick of 30 cm length.
  • Try to see the top and bottom of the stick simultaneously without any change in the position of eye.
  • Try the same activity with various lengths of the sticks.
  • You can see the whole object AB which is at a distance of 25 cm (least distance of clear vision) because the rays coming from the ends A and B of the object will enter the eye.
  • Similarly we can also see complete object CD with eye as explained above.
  • Let us assume that AB is moving closer to eye to a position A B .
  • You notice that you will be able to see only the part (EF) of the object A B because the rays coming from E and F enter your eye.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 7 Human Eye and Colourful World 16

  • The rays coming from A and B cannot enter your eye.
  • The rays coming from the extreme ends of an object forms an angle at the eye.
  • If this angle is below 60°, we can see whole object.
  • If this angle is above 60°, then we see only the part of the object.
  • This maximum angle, at which we are able to see the whole object is called angle of vision.
  • The angle of vision for a healthy human being is about 60°.
  • It varies from person to person and with age.

Activity – 3

Question 3.
Describe an activity for dispersion of light.
(OR)
What is the name given to process when white light passes through a prism it splits into different colours ? Explain the process with an activity.
Answer:

  • The splitting of white light into different colours is called despersion of light.
  • Do this experiment in the dark room.
  • Take a prism and place it on the table near a vertical white wall.
  • Take a thin wooden plank.
  • Make a small hole in it and fix it vertically on the table.
  • Place the prism between the wooden plank and wall.
  • Place a white light source behind the hole of wooden plank.
  • Switch on the light.
  • The rays coming out of the hole of plank become a narrow beam of light.
  • Adjust the height of the prism such that the light falls on one of the lateral surfaces.
  • Observe the changes in emerged rays of the prism.
  • Adjust the prism by slightly rotating it till you get an image on the wall.
  • You will observe that white light is splitting into certain different colours.

Activity – 6

Question 4.
Describe an experiment for scattering of light.
(OR)
What is the principle involved in blue of the sky ? Explain the principle with an experiment?
Answer:

  • Take the solution of sodium-thio-Sulphate (hypo) with sulphuric acid in a glass beaker.
  • Place the beaker in which reaction is taking place in an open place where abundant sunlight is available.
  • Watch the formation of grains of sulphur and observe changes in beaker.
  • You will notice that sulphur precipitates as the reaction is in progress.
  • At the beginning, the grains of sulphur are smaller in size as the reaction progresses, their size increases due to precipitation.
  • Sulphur grains appear blue in colour at beginning and slowly their colour becomes white as their size increases.
  • The reason for this is scattering of light.
  • At the beginning, the size of grains is small and almost comparable to the wavelength of blue light.
  • Hence they appear blue in the beginning.
  • As the size of grains increases, their size becomes comparable to the wavelengths of other colours.
  • As a result of this, they act as scattering centres for other colours.
  • The combination of all these colours appears as white.

 

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions 4th Lesson Excretion

10th Class Biology 4th Lesson Excretion 1 Mark Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is meant by excretion?
Answer:
Excretion is a biological process involved in separation and removal of wastes from body.

Question 2.
When you are on a field trip, your friend collected a sticky substance oozed out by a plant called gum. What are the plants you observe which give gum ?
Answer:
Acacia, Neem, Drumstick, Eukalyptus and Sapota are the gum yielding plants present in our surroundings.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 3.
What are primary metabolites?
Answer:
The substances that are directly involved in normal growth and development and reproduction of a plant are called primary metabolites, e.g.: Carbohydrates, fats and proteins.

Question 4.
What are secondary metabolites?
Answer:
The inorganic substances that are not directly involved in the normal growth, development and reproduction of an organism are called secondary metabolites, e.g.: Alkaloids, tannins, resins, gums and latex, etc.

Question 5.
Write any two substances present both in blood and urine.
Answer:
Glucose, Sodium, Potassium, Chlorides, Urea, Creatinine, Uric Acid, Calcium, Phosphorous.

Question 6.
When you are on a field trip, you might have collected some plants which contain alkaloids. Name the alkaloids which are harmful to us.
Answer:
Nicotine, Morphine, Cocaine.

Question 7.
Write the names of any two excretory organs in human beings.
Answer:
Kidney, Skin, Lungs, Liver, Large Intestine.

Question 8.
Which plants in your surroundings are useful for the production of medicines?
Answer:
Neem, Datura, Tulasi, Calotropis.

Question 9.
The body of a person is filled with extra water and waste products. His hands and feet were swollen. What do we call this condition? Failure of which system causes this condition?
Answer:
This condition is called Uremia. This condition is caused due to failure of excretory system (Kidneys).

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 10.
How do plants get rid of their waste materials?
Answer:

  1. Plants can get rid of excess water by transpiration and guttation.
  2. The other nitrogenous waste products are stored in leaves, bark and fruits when these dead leaves, bark and ripe fruits fall off from the tree then the waste products in them are removed.

Question 11.
Give an example of a case where organ donation can save one’s life.
Answer:

  1. Kidney of a brain dead person can be donated to save the life of renal failure persons.
  2. Cornea of a dead person can be donated to the blind.
  3. Bone marrow can be donated to save life of persons suffering from blood related genetic disorders.

Question 12.
Why is urine yellow in color?
Answer:
Because of urochrome, urine is yellow in colour. It forms in the liver from dead RBC.

Question 13.
Write two slogans to popularize the awareness on “Organ Donation”.
Answer:
Slogans:

  1. Organ donation saves lives.
  2. Donate organs today for better tomorrow.
  3. Donate organs – Live after death.

Question 14.
Write two healthy habits which you practice to protect your kidneys from diseases.
Answer:

  1. Drink plenty of water.
  2. Eat low salt diet that saves kidney life.
  3. Drink more fruit juices.

Question 15.
What precautions you have to take in the observation of internal structure of mammalian kidney?
Answer:

  1. Wash the kidney thorougly with water.
  2. Ensure that blood is completely drained from it.
  3. Wash your hands with antibacterial lotion after completing the dissection.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 16.
Write two secondary metabolites, which you use in your daily life.
Answer:
Gum, Rubber, Coffee are the examples for secondary metabolites which we use in our daily life.

Question 17.
Why is vasopressin not secreted when a person drinks a lot of water?
Answer:
Vasopressin is secreted only when concentrated urine is to be passed out. When a person drinks a lot of water, there will be no need to secrete concentrated urine. The excess water taken by the person will be sent out in the form of dilute urine. Hence, vasopressin is not secreted.

Question 18.
In urine excretory system much water is reabsorbed. What happens if it doesn’t occur?
Answer:
If water is not reabsorbed it leads to excessive repeated dilute urination called diabetes insipidus. If water does not reabsorbed we would dry up in few hours.

Question 19.
A substance given below consists of other three substances. What is that substance? Where is it produced? Uric Acid, Sodium, Oxalate, Urine.
Answer:
Urine contains all the other three substances. It is produced in kidney.

Question 20.
Name the hospitals where the organ transplantation facility is available in Hyderabad.
Answer:
Organ transplantation facility is available only in two government hospitals. They are NIMS (Nizam Institute of Medical Sciences) and Osmania hospital. This facility is also available in some corporate hospitals.

Question 21.
What is anabolism?
Answer:
The synthesis of complex molecules in living organisms from simpler ones together with the storage of energy.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 22.
What is catabolism?
Answer:
The breakdown of complex molecules in living organisms to form simpler ones, together with the release of energy.

Question 23.
What is the meaning of the word excretion in Latin?
Answer:
In Latin ex means out, crenere means shift.

Question 24.
What are the wastes produced during metabolic activities?
Answer:
Carbon dioxide, water, nitrogenous compounds like ammonia, urea, uric acid, bile pigments, excess salts, etc., are the wastes produced during metabolic activities.

Question 25.
What is the most poisonous of all waste products?
Answer:
Ammonia is the most poisonous of all waste products.

Question 26.
What are the substances present in blood?
Answer:
Substances present in blood are glucose, sodium, potassium chloride, urea, creatinine, uric acid, cholesterol, triglycerides, calcium, phosphorous, bilirubin, proteins, etc.

Question 27.
What are the substances present in urine?
Answer:
The substances present in urine are protein, creatinine, calcium, phosphorous, uric acid, etc.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 28.
What are the substances present in both blood and urine in common?
Answer:
The substances present in the blood and urine in common are sodium, potassium, glucose, chlorides, urea, proteins, creatinine, calcium, phosphorous and uric acid.

Question 29.
What are the substances that need to be removed from body?
Answer:
Creatinine, uric acid, urea, cholesterol and calcium.

Question 30.
In human beings excretory system consists of?
Answer:
The excretory system in human beings consists of a pair of kidneys, a pair of ureters, urinary bladder and urethra.

Question 31.
Where are the kidneys present in human body?
Answer:
In human body kidneys are present in the abdominal cavity attached to dorsal body wall one on either side of backbone.

Question 32.
What is the shape and colour of the kidney?
Answer:
The kidney is bean shaped and reddish brown in colour.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 33.
What is the size of the kidney?
Answer:
The size of the kidney is 10 cm in length, 5 – 6 cm in breadth and 4 cm in thickness.

Question 34.
Why is the position of right kidney lower than the left kidney?
Answer:
The position of right kidney is lower than left kidney due to the presence of liver above it.

Question 35.
Which artery brings oxygenated blood to kidney?
Answer:
Renal artery brings oxygenated blood to kidney.

Question 36.
What are the two distinct regions present inside the kidney?
Answer:
The two distinct regions present inside the kidney are

  1. dark coloured outer zone called the cortex and
  2. pale coloured inner zone called medulla.

Question 37.
Each kidney is made up of how many nephrons?
Answer:
Each kidney is made up of about 1.3 to 1.8 million nephrons.

Question 38.
What is the other name of Nephron?
Answer:
The other name of nephron is uriniferous tubule.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 39.
What are the two basic parts of nephron?
Answer:
The two basic parts of nephron are malphigian body and renal tubule.

Question 40.
What is meant by Glomerulus?
Answer:
Malphigian body consists of a blind cupshaped broader end of nephron called Bowman’s capsule and bunch of blood capillaries called Glomerulus.

Question 41.
Which blood vessel forms glomerulus in Bowman’s capsule?
Answer:
Afferent arteriole forms glomerulus in Bowman’s capsule.

Question 42.
Renal tubule consists of how many parts?
Answer:
Renal tubule consists three parts. They are Proximal convoluted tubule (PCT), Loop of Henle, and Distal Convoluted Tubule (DCT).

Question 43.
What is the major function of proximal convoluted tubule?
Answer:
Proximal convoluted tubule reabsorbs useful substances like glucose, amino acids, phosphate, potassium, urea and other organic solutes from the filtrate.

Question 44.
What are podocyte cells?
Answer:
Glomerulus is lined by a single layer of squamous epithelial cells called podocyte cells.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 45.
What is the function of loop of Henle?
Answer:

  1. In the descending loop of Henle reabsorption of water from the filtrate takes place.
  2. Ascending loop of Henle is impermeable to water and only ions diffuse out into the surrounding cells.

Question 46.
What is the function of Distal convoluted tubule?
Answer:
Distal convoluted tubule maintains proper concentration and pH of the urine.

Question 47.
How many stages are involved in formation of urine? What are they?
Answer:
Formation of urine involves four stages. They are

  1. Glomerular filtration,
  2. Tubular reabsorption,
  3. Tubular secretion and
  4. Concentration of urine.

Question 48.
The amount of water reabsorption in the tubule depends on?
Answer:
The amount of water reabsorption in the tubule depends on amount of excess water present in the body and the amount of dissolved wastes to be excreted.

Question 49.
In which region seventy five percent of water content of the nephric filtrate is reabsorbed?
Answer:
Seventy five percent of water content of the nephric filtrate is reabsorbed in the region of proximal convoluted tubule.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 50.
Which hormone is responsible to pass concentrated urine?
Answer:
Vasopressin is responsible to pass concentrated urine.

Question 51.
What is micturition?
Answer:
Micturition is the process of discharge of urine from the urinary bladder.

Question 52.
What are the composition of various substances in urine?
Answer:
The composition of various substances in urine are 96% of water, 2.5% of organic substances and 1.5% of inorganic solutes.

Question 53.
How much amount of urine is excreted per day?
Answer:
Total amount of urine excreted per day is about 1.6 -1.8 litres.

Question 54.
What is the storage capacity of urinary bladder?
Answer:
The storage capacity of urinary bladder is 300 – 800 ml.

Question 55.
What is uremia?
Answer:
If kidneys stop working completely, our body is filled with extra water and waste products. This condition is called uremia.

Question 56.
What is haemodialysis?
Answer:
Artificial filtering of blood to remove wastes by using dialysis machine is known as haemodialysis.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 57.
What is the time required for each dialysis session?
Answer:
The time required for each dialysis session is 3 to 6 hours.

Question 58.
What are the organs that can be transplanted from brain dead patients?
Answer:
The organs that can be transplanted from brain dead patients are kidney, liver, heart, lungs, pancreas, skin, bone, intestines and eyes (cornea).

Question 59.
Where is the transplanted kidney fixed in the body of kidney failure patient?
Answer:
The transplanted kidney is fixed in the body of patient inside the lower abdomen.

Question 60.
What is cadaver transplantation?
Answer:
The process of transplantation of organs from brain dead patients to another is called cadaver transplantation.

Question 61.
What are the other excretory organs present in human body in addition to kidney?
Answer:
The other excretory organs present in human body in addition to kidney are lungs, skin, liver, large intestine, salivary glands and lacrimal glands.

Question 62.
What are the waste products excreted by lungs?
Answer:
The waste products excreted by lungs are carbon dioxide and water.

Question 63.
Sebum of sebaceous glands in skin contains wastes like?
Answer:
Sebum of sebaceous glands in skin contains wastes like waxes, sterols, hydro carbons and fatty acids.

Question 64.
What are the metabolic wastes of haemoglobin of red blood cells in liver?
Answer:
The metabolic wastes of haemoglobin of red blood cells in liver are bile pigments like bilirubin, biliverdin and urochrome.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 65.
How is urea produced in liver?
Answer:
Urea is produced in liver by the deamination of proteins.

Question 66.
What are the wastes excreted by intestine?
Answer:
The wastes excreted by intestine are excess salts of calcium, magnesium and iron.

Question 67.
How do unicellular organisms remove waste products?
Answer:
Unicellular organisms remove waste products by diffusion from the body surface to the surrounding water.

Question 68.
What is the osmoregulatory organelle in amoeba and paramoecium?
Answer:
The osmoregulatory organelle in amoeba and paramoecium is contractile vacuole.

Question 69.
In which animal phyla water bathes almost all their cells in body of organisms?
Answer:
In porifera and coelenterates water bathes almost all their cells in body of organisms.

Question 70.
Through which processes plants get rid of excess water?
Answer:
Through transpiration and guttation plants get rid of excess water.

Question 71.
What are Raphides?
Answer:
Waste gets stored in the fruits in the form of solid bodies called Raphides.

Question 72.
What are alkaloids?
Answer:
The poisonous nitrogenous by products produced by plants are alkaloids.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 73.
Which alkaloid is used as antimalarial drug?
Answer:
Quinine is the alkaloid used as antimalarial drug.

Question 74.
Which flowers and fruits are used to extract sedative scopalamine?
Answer:
The sedative scopalamine is extracted from the flowers and fruits of Datura stramonium.

Question 75.
What are the alkaloids produced by plants?
Answer:
The alkaloids produced by plants are nimbin, nicotine, morphine, codeine quinine, reserpine, caffeine/scopolamine, etc.

Question 76.
What are tannins?
Answer:
Tannins are alkaloids which are carbon compounds.

Question 77.
Which group of plants secretes resin?
Answer:
Resin secretes by a group of plants Gymnosperms.

Question 78.
What is latex?
Answer:
Latex is a sticky, milky white substance secreted by plants.

Question 79.
Which plant of latex is used to prepare rubber?
Answer:
Rubber is prepared from the latex of Hevea braziliensis.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 80.
Bio-diesel is obtained from the seeds of?
Answer:
Bio-diesel is obtained from the seeds of Jatropa.

Question 81.
Which person’s kidney is used for a successful kidney transplantation?
Answer:
From a close relative kidney can be used for successful transplantation.

Question 82.
What may be the feeling of the patients who are waiting for suitable organ donations due to failure of vital organs?
Answer:
The patients who are waiting may think that any donor with a kind heart can give them life by donating their organs.

Question 83.
What may be the feeling of a doctor while transplanting the organs?
Answer:
Doctor is also a human being, he predicts that the transplantation becomes a success.

Question 84.
How can you appreciate the father of Yaswanth Kumar for donating the organs of his brain dead son? (From annexure)
Answer:
We can appreciate the father of Yaswanth Kumar for his humanity where no one can accept to take or think such a delicate decision of donating the organs of his brain dead son.

Question 85.
What might be the feeling of the father H.V. Shiva Kumar father of Yaswanth Kumar for donating the organs of his son? (From annexure)
Answer:
The father might have thought that his son can live even after his death in some other people who are in need for the suitable organs. We can appreciate father’s humanity.

Question 86.
What does the society need about organ donation?
Answer:
The society needs much awareness in organ donation so that we can jsave many lives who are in need of different organs from donors for their survival.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 87.
Which substances are present above the normal limits both in the blood and urine in the sample given?
Answer:
Substances present above the normal limits in the blood are: creatinine, uric acid and cholesterol. Substances present above the normal limits in the urine are creatinine, calcium, uric acid and urea.

Question 88.
When is more urine excreted?
Answer:
A large intake of liquids or water rich food increases the volume of water in the blood, hence more urine is excreted.

Question 89.
What are the uses of Tannins?
Answer:
Tannins are used in tanning of leather and in medicines.

Question 90.
What are the economic importance of gums?
Answer:
Gums are valuable being used as adhesives and binding agents in the preparation of the medicines, food, etc.

Question 91.
Why do we get peculiar smell when you shift the potted plant?
Answer:
Plants release some peculiar chemical substances into their surroundings into soil through roots. These substances attract useful microorganisms to the plant. Hence we get peculiar smell when we shift the potted plant.

Question 92.
What is chewing gum ? How is it made of?
Answer:
Chewing gum is a type of gum for chewing made dates back 5000 years. Modern chewing gum originally made of chicle, natural latex from plant.

Question 93.
How do pollen grains affect our health?
Answer:
Whenever pollen grains enter in our body they cause allergy due to the presence of nitrogenous substances. These allergens cause skin allergy and asthma. Ex: Parthenium.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 94.
What are the defensive mechanism developed by plants of your village to protect themselves from the herbivores ? Give two examples.
Answer:
Plants produce nitrogenous compounds to protect themselves from the herbivores. These compounds are called as alkaloids. For example,
Datura – It produces alkaloid known as scopolamine.
Cactus – Develop spines on the body.

10th Class Biology 4th Lesson Excretion 2 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Fill in the table on the basis of your obervations in field trip.

S.No Name of the plant Secondary metabolites Uses
A. Neem
B. Datura

Answer:

S.No Name of the plant Secondary metabolites Uses
A. Neem Nimbin Antiseptic
B. Datura Scopola mine Sedative

Question 2.
Two kidneys are present in human beings as excretory organs. Haritha, whose age is 23 years, donated one kidney to her father. Now she has one kidney only. She gave birth to a female child.
a) How many kidneys are there in Haritha’s daughter?
Answer:
Harita’s daughter has 2 kidneys,

b) Support your answer.
Answer:
Bodily changes are not inherited, so Harita’s daughter has 2 kidneys.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 3.
What questions do you ask a nephrologist to know more about kidney related diseases?
Answer:

  1. How are stones formed in the kidney?
  2. What is dialysis?
  3. What is the effect of smoking and alcoholism on kidneys?
  4. What is ESRD?

Question 4.
Read the following lines and answer the questions.

Liver: It produces bile pigments (bilirubin, biliverdin and urochrome) which are metabolic wastes of haemoglobin of dead R.B.Cs. Urochrome, which is responsible for the amber colour of the urine, is eliminated through urine. Biliverdin and bilirubin are stored in gall bladder and later excreted through bile along with cholesterol and derivatives of steroid hormones, extra drug, vitamins and alkaline salts. Liver is also involved in urea formation.

i) Which substance adds colour to urine?
ii) The site of synthesis of urea in the body is …………..
Answer:
i) Urochrome
ii) Liver

Question 5.
Look at the picture and answer the questions, (label bottle on left as X and bottle on right as Y)
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 1The above is a procedure of haemodialysis in a hospital.
i) What are the liquids X and Y, in the picture?
ii) What is the purpose of this procedure and for whom is it needed?
Answer:
i) X – Dialyzing fluid; Y – Urine
ii) It is a process of removal of poisonous nitrogenous wastes from blood. This process is needed by uremic or kidney failure patients.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 6.
Prepare four questions to find the reasons for obstructions in excretory system.
Answer:

  1. What do we call the complete and irreversible kidney failure?
  2. What happen if kidney stops working completely?
  3. What is uremia?
  4. Is there any solution to this problem?

Question 7.
Name the secondary metabolites which are useful in leather and rubber industry. From which plants we obtain them?
Answer:

  1. Latex used in rubber and Tannins used in Leather Industry.
  2. Latex – Hevea brasiliensis (Rubber Plant) Tannins – Cassia, Acacia.

Question 8.
Prepare four questions you will ask a nephrologist about Kidney failure.
Answer:

  1. When does kidney fail?
  2. What are the symptoms of kidney failure?
  3. What precautions can we take to prevent failure of kidney?
  4. Which alternative method can we adopt if kidney fails?

Question 9.
Observe the following table.

Name of the phylum / organism Excretory system / organ
Protozoa Diffusion
Porifera Water bathes all their cells
Platyhelmirthes Flame cells
Annelida Nephridia
Arthropoda Green glands
Reptiles, Aves and Mammals Kidney

On the basis of above table, write answers to the following questions.

i) In above table, which living organisms contains kidneys as excretory organs like human beings?
Answer:
Reptiles and Aves.

ii) Write the excretory organs present in Earthworm and Cockroach.
Answer:
Earthworm – Nephridia Cockroach – Green glands

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 10.
Observe the following table and answer the questions given below.

Alkaloid Name of the plant Uses
Quinine Cinchona Anti malarial drug
Nicotine Tobacco Pesticides
Morphine Opium Pain killer
Pyrethroids Chrysanthemum species Insecticides

i) Which alkaloid we get from the fruit, is used as pain killer?
Answer:
Morphine

ii) From which part of the plant do we get Quinine?
Answer:
Bark of Cinchona

Question 11.
What is called structural and functional unit of kidney? Why?
Answer:

  1. Each kidney is made up of more than one million microscopic and thin tubular units called nephrons or uriniferous tubules. Hence nephron is known as structural and functional unit of kidney.
  2. Nephron’s chief function is to regulate the concentration of water and soluble substances, reabsorbing what is needed and excreting the rest as urine. Hence it is known as functional unit of kidney.

Question 12.
Blood is filtered in Bowman’s capsule of nephron. For the filtration of blood some pressure is needed. How does the pressure arises in Bowman’s capsule?
Answer:

  1. Blood flows inside the glomerulus of Bowman’s capsule under the influence of pressure due to the large diameter of afferent arteriole.
  2. This increases or rise the blood pressure in the glomerulus capillaries leading to ultrafiltration of the blood in the Bowman’s capsule.

Question 13.
Classify the substances given below.
Ptyaline, Leptin, Morphine, Riboflavin, Testosterone, Thyamin, Niacine, Sucrase, Nicotine, Amylase, Retinol, Quinine, Calciferol, Adrenaline, Tripsin.
Answer:
The above substances can be classified into Enzymes, Hormones, Alkaloids and Vitamins.
Enzymes: Ptyaline, Sucrase, Amylase, Tripsin
Hormones: Testosterone, Adrenaline, Leptin
Alkaloids: Morphine, Nicotine, Quinine
Vitamins: Riboflavin, Thyamin, Niacine, Retinol, Calciferol

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 14.
How does excretion take place in phylum protozoa?
Answer:

  1. Specific excretory organs are absent in unicellular organisms. These organisms remove waste products by simple diffusion from the body surface into the surrounding water.
  2. Excess water is sent out through contractile vacuoles in fresh water protozoans. Ex: Amoeba surface.
  3. The major portion of excess water is eliminated by diffusion through body surface.

Question 15.
What are the functions of excretory system?
Answer:

  1. Excretory system in animals performs more than one function.
  2. The primary function of excretory system is to maintain ionic and osmotic balance in the animal body.
  3. Excretory system helps to maintain appropriate concentration of salts and correct amount of water in the body.
  4. It also helps in maintaining the body volume.
  5. The secondary function of excretory system is excretion of nitrogenous wastes and foreign substances such as drugs.

Question 16.
Mention the groups of animals where excretion fakes place through diffusion from body surface.
Answer:

  1. In protozoans wastes are excreted by diffusion through body surface.
  2. Contractile vacuoles present in some protozoans are mainly concerned with the maintenance of osmotic and ionic balance. Excretion is mainly by diffusion.
  3. In sponges, coelenterates like Hydra, excretion takes place by diffusion.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 17.
People in cold countries get very less / no sweat. What changes occur in their skin and in other excretory organs?
Answer:

  1. Usually human skin has a unique system keep in equilibrium state with the surrounding temperature.
  2. During winter season the temperature is low and the body temperature should be heated to balance the tolerance.
  3. So the water content in our body is sent out in the form of urine.
  4. Hence, people in cold countries get less sweat or no sweat.

10th Class Biology 4th Lesson Excretion 4 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Analyse the following information and answer the questions.

Alkaloid Part of the plant Uses
Quinine Bark Anti-malarial drug
Pyrethroids Leaves Insecticide
Reserpine Roots Medicine for snake bite
Caffeine Seeds Central nervous system stimulant
Nimbin Seeds, Barks, Leaves Antiseptic

i) Name the alkaloid which is used to cure malaria.
Answer:
Quininie

ii) Name the alkaloids used as insecticides.
Answer:
Pyrethroids

iii) Which system is stimulated by the alkaloid caffeine?
Answer:
Central nervous system

iv) Which parts of which plant is used as medicine for snake bite?
Answer:
The roots of Rauwolfia Serpentina (Snake root)

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 2.
Which diagram do you draw to label these parts?
Answer:

  1. Bowman’s capsule
  2. Uriniferous tubule.
  3. Collecting tubule.

Draw the diagram and label the parts.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 2

Question 3.
Fill the following table related to Secondary Metabolites in plants.

S.No. Metabolite Name of the plant Use
1. Pinus
2. Gums
3. Rubber preparation
4. Nimbin

Answer:

S.No. Metabolite Name of the plant Use
1. Resin Pinus Used in varnishes
2. Gums Neem, Acacia Used as adhesives and binding agents
3. Latex Hevea braziliensis (Rubber plant) Rubber preparation
4. Nimbin Azadirachta indica (Neem) Antiseptic

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 4.
The given parts belong to which system? Draw a neat labelled diagram of the system.
a) Kidneys b) Ureters c) Urinary bladder
Answer:
The given parts belong to human excretory system.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 3

Question 5.
Read the following passage and answer the questions.

Plants can get rid of excess water by a process like transpiration and guttation. Waste products may be stored in leaves, bark, and fruits. When these dead leaves, bark, and ripe fruits fall off from the tree then waste products in them are removed. Waste gets stored in the fruits in the form of solid bodies called ‘raphides’. However several compounds are synthesized by the plants for their own use especially for defence. Many plants synthesize chemicals and store them in roots, leaves, seeds, etc. for protection against herbivores. Most of the chemicals are unpleasant to taste. Hence herbivores usually do not prefer to eat such plants. Some of the chemicals are toxic and may even kill the animals that eat them.

i) What are raphides?
ii) How do plants protect themselves against herbivores?
iii) How do plants get rid of wastes?
iv) Name the processes by which plants lose excess of water.
Answer:
i) The wastes stored in some fruits in the form of solid bodies are called “raphides”.
ii) Many plants synthesize chemicals and store them in roots, leaves, seeds, etc. for protection against herbivores.
iii) Waste products may be stored in leaves, bark and fruits. When these dead leaves, bark and ripe fruits fall off from the tree. Then waste products in them are removed.
iv) Plants lose excess of water by transpiration and guttation.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 6.

S.No. Test Present level Normal range
A. Blood Test
1. Blood Pressure (BP) 160/90 mm/Hg 120/80 mm/Hg
2. Glucose (Before food) 120- mg/dl 60-100 mg/dl
3. Glucose (After food) 220 mg/dl 160-180 mg/dl
4. Bilirubin 1.0 mg/dl 0.1-0.8 mg/dl
B. Urine Test
1. 24 hrs protein 150 mg/d ay 100 mg/day
2. Sodium 140 mmol/L 125-250 mmol/L.

A) Which test is required to know bilirubin?
Answer:
Blood test is required to know bilirubin.

B) How is the sugar disease confirmed?
Answer:
In blood test if the glucose levels in blood before and after food are more than the normal, the sugar disease is confirmed.

C) By observing the above report, what would be the other problems faced by that patient?
Answer:
The blood pressure of the patient 160/90 as the normal is 120/80 mm/Hg.
The Glucose levels in the blood of the patient shows more than the normal before and after food.
So he is suffering from Hypertension and diabetes.

D) What are the organs affected by these problems?
The organsaffected by these problems are heart and kidneys.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 7.
Explain the temporary and permanent methods to be adopted for Kidney failure (ESRD) persons.
Answer:
Temporary method for ESRD persons is Dialysis (Artificial kidney). Permanent method is transplantation of kidney.

Dialysis:

  1. Blood is taken out from the main artery, mixed with an anticoagulant, such as heparin and then pumped in to dialyzer.
  2. In dialyzer blood flows through cellophane tubes and these tubes are embeded in the dialysing fluid.
  3. The membrane separates the blood flowing inside the tube and dialysing fluid (same as plasma without nitrogenous waste).

Kidney transplantation:

  1. A functioning kidney is used in transplantation from a donor preferably a close relative.
  2. The kidney that is received by a recipient must be a good match to his body, to minimise the chances of rejection by the immune system of the recipient.
  3. Nowadays the process of organ donation helps a lot for kidney failure patients.

Question 8.
What are the accessory excretory organs in human body? How does the liver carry out excretion as a secondary function? (OR)
Write about the accessory excretory organs and their excretory substances in human beings.
Answer:

Accessory Excretory Organs Excretory Materials
Lungs CO2 and Water
Skin Sweat and Metabolic Waste (Sebum)
Liver Bilirubin, Biliverdin, Urochrome
Large Intestine (Colon) Excess of salts of calcium, magnesium and iron are excreted along with faecal matter.

Excretory functions of Liver:

  1. Liver acts as detoxification centre of our body. Liver produces bile juice which contain bile pigments which are metabolic wastes of dead R.B.C.
  2. Bilirubin, Biliverdin and urochrome are the pigments of bile juice.
  3. Bilirubin, Biliverdin, cholesterol and derivatives of steroids, extra drugs, vitamins and alkaline salts are the wastes produced by liver.
  4. Urochrome is eliminated through urine.
  5. Liver also plays a role in the formation of concentrated urine.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 9.
Explain the formation of urine in a flow chart.
Answer:
Dissolved substances of blood like urea, glucose, amino acids, minerals, salts etc., are filtered out in Bowman’s capsule under high filtration pressure.
Glomerular filtrate is called primary urine.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 4

Question 10.
Excreting wastes from the human body not only by kidneys but also by other organs helps you. How do you support it?
Answer:

  1. In human body wastes are excreted not only by kidneys but also by other organs.
  2. Kidney filters blood and eliminates nitrogenous wastes and other harmful things. Filters urea from blood.
  3. Apart from kidney lungs, skin, liver, intestine, salivary glands and lacrymal glands.
  4. Lungs remove carbon dioxide and water in respiration.
  5. Skin excrete wastes in the form of sweat which contains water and certain salts.
  6. Liver eliminates bile pigments bilirubin and biliverdin through urine.
  7. Excess salts of calcium, magnesium and iron are excreted by epithellial cells of colon for elimination along with faeces by intestine.
  8. Eccrine glands present on the forehead, the bottoms of the feet and the palms allow excess water to leave the body.
  9. Salivary glands and lacrimal glands excrete small amounts of nitrogenous waste through saliva and tears.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 11.
Which plants can you get in your village? Among these by-products of which plants do you use in your real life?
Answer:

  1. The plants grow or available in our village are Sapota, Coconut, Cassia, Mango, Guava, Borassus plantain, Tobacco, Rauwolfia, Coffee, Neem, Datura, Chrysanthe¬mum, Acacia, Pinus, Vallisneria, Teak, etc.,
  2. Out of these plants alkaloids are available from the plants like Tobacco, Rauwolfia, Coffee, Neem, Datura and Chrysanthemum. The by-products from these plants are utilised in my real life.
    Plant – Use
    Tobacco – Insecticide
    Rauwolfia serpentina – Medicine for snake bite
    Coffee – Central nervous system stimulant
    Neem – Antiseptic
    Datura – Sedative
    Chrysanthemum – Insecticides
  3. Tannins are the by-products of cassia, acacia. These are used in tanning of leather and in medicines.
  4. Resin the by-product of Pinus is used in varnishes.
  5. Gums are extracted from neem and acacia.
    They are used as adhesives and binding agents in the preparation of food, medicines.

Question 12.
Write an essay stating the advantages of by-products of plants in our real life.
(OR)
What are secondary metabolites? Briefly explain their uses.
(OR)
Not only the food of plants but also their wastes are useful to us. What evidences do you give for it?
Answer:

  1. The materials which do not require for normal growth and development are called secondary metabolites. These are the by – products of plants, eg: Alkaloids, Tannins, Resins, Gums and Latex, etc. Though plants produce these chemicals for their own use man found the usage of these chemicals for own benefits. They are generally coloured and fragrant.
  2. Alkaloids: These are nitrogenous by-products and poisonous. These are stored in different parts of the plants. Common alkaloids in plants and their uses are given in the table.
    Alkaloid Plant Part Uses
    Quinine Cinchona officinalis (Cinchona) Bark Antimalarial drug
    Nicotine Nicotiana tobacum (Tobacco) Leaves Insecticide
    Morphine, Cocaine Papaver somniferum (Opium) Fruit Pain killer
    Reserpine Rauwolfia serpentiana (Snake bite) Root Medicine for snake bite
    Caffeine Coffea Arabica (Coffee plant) Seed Central nervous system stimulant
    Nimbin Azadirachta indica (Neem) Seeds, Barks, Leaves Antiseptic
    Scopolamine Datura stramonium Fruit, flower Sedative
    Pyrethroids Chrysanthemum sps Flower Insecticides
  3. Tannins: Tannins are carbon compounds. These are stored in different parts of the plant and are deep brown in colour. Tannins are used in tanning of leather and in medicines, e.g. Cassia, Acacia.
  4. Resin: Occur mostly in Gymnosperms in specialized passages called resin passages. These are used in varnishes, e.g. Pinus.
  5. Gums: Plants like Neem, Acacia oozes out a sticky substance called gum. When branches are cut. The gum swells by absorbing water and helps in the healing of damaged parts of a plant. Gums are economically valuable and used as adhesives and binding agents in the preparation of the medicines, food, etc.
  6. Latex: Latex is a sticky, milky white substance secreted by plants. Latex is stored in latex cells or latex vessels. From the latex of Hevea braziliensis (Rubber plant) rubber is prepared. Latex from Jatropa is the source of bio-diesel.
  7. Modern chewing gum originally made of chick natural latex from plant.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 13.
Blood is purified in kidneys. So many wastes are removed from the blood in nephron of the kidney. Which issue make you surprise in excretory system?
Answer:

  1. Kidneys remove nitrogenous waste from our body. They also work towards balancing the amount of vitamins , minerals, fat and protein that are found in the blood. They do this so that our body can easily perform day to day activities.
  2. Our intestine makes solid waste materials and is excreted through digestive tract.
  3. Each day our body eliminates around 1.6 to 1.8 liters of urine which contains liquids, minerals and vitamins that are of no use to the body.
  4. The bladder of a human body is nearly the same size as the average of human brain.
  5. In one individuals life span the liver can produce around 184.275 kgs of bile (6500 ounces).
  6. In our lifetime an individual could urinate close to 7,850,000,000 gallons of fluid.
  7. A really extraordinary fact regarding the excretory system is that upto 400 ml of urine can be held in human bladder.
  8. Urine contains a high amount of urea which can be used by plants as a source of nitrogen. Because of this diluted urine can be used in gardens and potted plants.
  9. It is amazing to see that each kidney is made up of approximately more than one million microscopic tubular functional units called nephrons or uriniferous tubules.

Question 14.
What is the structural and functional unit of the excretory system? Draw a neat labelled diagram of that unit.
Answer:
Nephron is the structural and functional unit of the kidney.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 5

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 15.
Give an account of excretory system found In different phyla of animal kingdom.
Answer:

  1. Different organisms have various excretory systems and organs.
  2. Following are the excretory system found in various organisms.
    Name of the phylum / organism Excretory system / organ
    Protozoa Simple diffusion from the body surface into the surrounding water.
    Porifera and coelenterates Water bathes almost all their cells
    Platyhelminthes Flame cells
    Nematoda Renette cells
    Annelids Nephridia
    Arthropoda Green glands, Maiphigian tubules
    Mollusca Meta nephridia
    Echinodermata Water vascular system
    Reptiles, Birds and Mammals Kidneys

Question 16.
How do plants manage/send out waste products from their body?
Answer:

  1. Plants can get rid of excess water by a process like transpiration and guttation.
  2. Waste products may be stored in leaves, bark and fruits.
  3. When these dead leaves, bark and ripe fruits fall off from the tree then waste products in them are got rid of.
  4. Plants get rid of carbon dioxide and oxygen through diffusion.
  5. Plants release some waste products through roots also.
  6. Some waste products are deposited near bark as resins or gums.
  7. In many plants waste products are stored in vacuoles of the cells. Plant cells have comparatively large vacuoles.

Question 17.
In recent days many people are coming forward to donate organs of brain dead people, who met with accidents. How will you appreciate the family members of organ donor?
Answer:

  1. In recent days many families are willing to donate organs of brain dead person’s. This is truely significant change in attitude of people.
  2. Most of the people are burning or burying body after death. Very a few people are would like to see their very dear one’s in other people by donating organs like heart, liver, kidneys, cornea, spleen and bone marrow etc.
  3. The family members of brain dead are already in great sorrow. They need great courage and so much kindness toward needy patients.
  4. With nobel decision of that family giving new life to 5 – 7 persons, who has no alternate treatment, other than organ transplantation. In society every one must appreciate their courage, kindness and sympathy. They stood role model to others.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 18.
How is the amount of urine produced regulated?
Answer:

  1. The amount of urine produced largely depends on the amount of water reabsorbed in the renal tubule.
  2. The amount of water reabsorbed by the renal tubule largely depends on
    the amount of water present in excess in the body need to be removed. If water is abundantly present in the body tissues large quantities of dilute urine is send out of the body. When water is less in quantities in the body tissues a small quantity of concentrated urine is excreted.
  3. When there is more quantity of dissolved wastes in the body more quantity of water is required to excrete them. So the amount of urine produced increases.
  4. Deficiency of vasopressin causes excessive, repeated, dilute urination called diabetes insipidus.

Question 19.
Observe the below flow chart. Fill the boxes. Explain to which system this belongs to.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 6
Answer:

  1. Kidney
  2. Loop of Henle
  3. Pelvis
  4. Urethra

This flow chart belongs to excretory system in human beings. It shows the way how the blood in the kidney moves filtered and urine is excreted.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 20.
Explain the external features of kidney in human beings.
Answer:

  1. In human beings, there are a pair of bean-shaped, reddish-brown structures in the abdominal cavity attached to dorsal body wall one on either side of the backbone.
  2. The size of the kidney is 10cm in length, 5 – 6 cm in breadth, and 4cm in thickness.
  3. Each kidney is convex on the outer side and concave on the inner side.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 7
  4. The inner side of each kidney has a fissure or hilus for the entry of a renal artery, exit of a renal vein and an ureter.
  5. Renal artery brings oxygenated blood loaded with waste products and renal vein carries deoxygenated blood.

Question 21.
Describe the excretory system of man.
Answer:

  1. The excretory system of man consists of
    a) a pair of kidneys
    b) ureters and
    c) urinary bladder and d) urethra.
  2. Kidneys are bean shaped and are located in the abdominal region on either side of vertebral column.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 8
  3. From hilus of each kidney there are a pair of whitish, narrow tubular structures arise. They are known as ureters.
  4. The ureter travels downwards and open, in the sac like structure called the urinary bladder, which stores urine.
  5. Urethra is a tube that takes urine from urinary bladder to outside.
  6. The opening of urinary bladder into urethra is guarded by a ring of muscles or sphincter.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 22.
Describe the internal structure of kidney with the help of diagrams. (OR) Describe the structure of nephron with the help of a diagram.
Answer:

  1. L.S. of kidney show two distinct regions. Dark coloured outer zone called cortex and pale coloured inner zone called medulla.
  2. Each kidney is made up of approximately more than one million microscopic and thin tubular functional units called nephrons or uniferous tubules.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 9
  3. Each nephron has basically two parts. One is malphigian body and other is renal tubule.
  4. Malphigian body consists of a blind cup shaped broader end of nephron called Bowman s capsule and bunch of fine blood capillaries called glomerulus.
  5. Glomerulus develops from afferent arteriole and it gives to rise to an efferent arteriole.
  6. Glomerulus functions as a filtration unit.
  7. Renal tubule has three parts. They are
    1. Proximal Convoluted Tubule (PCT)
    2. Loop of Henle which is ‘U’ shaped and
    3. Distal Convoluted Tubule (DCT).
  8. In tubule part reabsorption and secretion takes place. Urine is formed in the renal tubule part of nephron.
  9. Distal convoluted tubules open into a collecting tube.
  10. Collecting tube forms pyramids and calyces which open into the pelvis.
  11. Pelvis leads into the ureter.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

Question 23.
Describe the structure of renal tubule with neatly labelled diagram.
Answer:

  1. Renal tubule is a specialised tubular structure made up of proximal convoluted tubule, a ‘U’ shaped tube called loop of Henle, and distal convoluted tubule.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion 10
  2. The three tubular components are selectively permeable and only allow specific molecules to pass through them.
  3. The renal tubule is surrounded by capillaries called peritubular capillaries that arise from the efferent arterioles.
  4. The substances essential for the body are reabsorbed from the tubules into the peritubular capillaries and the unwanted or toxic molecules are secreted into the lumen of the renal tubule.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 4 Excretion

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions 2nd Lesson Respiration

10th Class Biology 2nd Lesson Respiration 1 Mark Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What are the end products of Aerobic and Anaerobic Respirations?
Answer:
End products of aerobic respiration: Carbon dioxide, Water, Energy
End products of anaerobic respiration: Ethanol / Lactic acid, Carbon dioxide, Energy

Question 2.
In which organisms, blood does not supply the Oxygen?
Answer:
Arthropoda organisms (or) Insects (OR) Tracheal respiratory Organisms.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 3.
Hari said that stem also respires along with leaves. How do you support him?
Answer:
Lenticels on stem also help in gaseous exchange in some woody plants along with stomata.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 1

Question 4.
Arrange the apparatus as above and heat the glucose. What will happen to lime water when glucose burns?
Answer:
Lime water turns milky due to carbon dioxide (CO2).

Question 5.
What is the role of mitochondria in anaerobic respiration?
Answer:
The release of energy from glucose in the presence of oxygen occurs in mitochondria. In anaerobic respiration, as oxygen is absent, mitochondria have no role in respiration.

Question 6.
Fermented idli, dosa produce smell. Name the microorganism responsible for producing such smell.
Answer:
Yeast is responsible for producing such smell in fermented idli, dosa.

Question 7.
In what compound, the energy released during the breakdown of glucose is stored?
Answer:
“ATP” (Adenosine Triphosphate).

Question 8.
Label a and b in the given diagram.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 2
Answer:
(a) Matrix, (b) Cristae.

Question 9.
Name chemical substance produced in human muscles during Anaerobic respiration.
Answer:
Lactic acid is produced in human muscles during Anaerobic respiration.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 10.
Why is Diazene Green solution added to the Glucose solution in anaerobic respiration experiment?
Answer:
Diazene Green solution is added to the Glucose solution in anaerobic respiration experiment to check the presence of oxygen in glucose solution.

Question 11.
Name the food material on which trypsin acts and name the end products.
Answer:
i) protein ii) end products – peptones.

Question 12.
“Respiration is the energy releasing process.” Write your opinion on this statement.
Answer:
The given statement is absolutely correct. We respire to use the oxygen to oxidise our food and release energy. This is similar like burning but a slower process. With the help of respiratory enzymes, energy released can be stored in the form of ATP for later use.

Question 13.
Identify the figure.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 3
Answer:
Aerial roots in Mangrove plants.

Question 14.
Can we say that combustion and respiration are almost same actions? What evidences do you have for this?
Answer:

  1. In both these processes sugar is converted to carbon dioxide and water.
  2. Both these processes require oxygen.
  3. Both combustion and respiration releases energy.

Question 15.
What is the role of epiglottis in respiration and swallowing food?
Answer:
The epiglottis is a flexible flap at the superior end of the pharynx in the throat. Epiglot¬tis acts as a lid over glottis and prevents food from entering into larynx. Air from pharynx enters the larynx while food enters into oesophagus.

Question 16.
What is the function of haemoglobin?
Answer:
During respiration haemoglobin carries oxygen to the cells and CO, from cells to lungs.

Question 17.
What is respiration?
Answer:
Respiration is the process by which food is broken down to release energy.

Question 18.
What does the word respiration mean in Latin?
Answer:
In Latin the word respiration means “to breathe”.

Question 19.
Who did comprehensive work on properties of gases, their exchange and respiration?
Answer:
Lavoisier and Priestly.

Question 20.
What was the gas liberated on heating powdered charcoal in a bell jar?
Answer:
It was fixed air. In those days carbon dioxide was known as fixed air.

Question 21.
What is oxygen debt?
Answer:
It is the inadequate supply of oxygen when we undertake strenuous exercise.

Question 22.
What is vitiated air?
Answer:
It is the term used then to show air from which the component needed for burning had been removed.

Question 23.
What is the total lung capacity of human being?
Answer:
The total lung capacity of human being is nearly 5800 ml.

Question 24.
Who was the renowned chemist who wrote a textbook of Human Physiology?
Answer:
John Daper was the renowned chemist who wrote a textbook of Human Physiology.

Question 25.
What happens when air passes through nasal cavities?
Answer:

  1. Air is filtered in nasal cavity by mucus lining and the hairs growing from its sides, remove some of the tiny particles of dirt in the air.
  2. The temperature of the air is brought close to that of the body.

Question 26.
What is the function of epiglottis?
Answer:
Epiglottis controls the movement of air and food towards their respective passages.

Question 27.
What is breathing?
Answer:

  1. Breathing is the process of inhaling and exhaling.
  2. The mechanism by which organisms obtain oxygen from the environment and release CO2 is called breathing.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 28.
What are pleura?
Answer:
Pleura are the two membranes that protect lungs from injury.

Question 29.
What is the concentration of oxygen at a height of 13 km from the sea level?
Answer:
At a height of 13 km above sea level the concentration of oxygen is much lower about one-fifth as great as at sea level.

Question 30.
What is cellular respiration?
Answer:
Oxidation of glucose or fatty acids takes place in the cells releasing energy. Hence this process is known as cellular respiration.

Question 31.
Where does aerobic respiration occur in eukaryotic cells?
Answer:
Aerobic respiration occur in cytoplasm and mitochondria of eukaryotic cells.

Question 32.
What is Glycolysis?
Answer:
It is the first stage of respiration. In this breakdown of glucose molecule into two molecules of 3 carbon compound called pyruvic acid or pyruvate releasing energy.

Question 33.
What is the fate of pyruvate in the absence of oxygen in animals?
Answer:
In the absence of oxygen pyruvate will be converted to lactic acid and release small amount of energy in animals.

Question 34.
In which type of respiration pyruvate is converted into carbon dioxide and water?
Answer:
In aerobic respiration pyruvate is converted into carbon dioxide and water.

Question 35.
What is the main reason for feeling pain in muscles after strenuous exercise?
Answer:
Due to the anaerobic respiration in muscles large amounts of lactic acid is accumulated and this results in muscular pains.

Question 36.
What is fermentation?
Answer:
In the absence of oxygen, yeast cells convert pyruvic acid to ethanol. This process is called fermentation.

Question 37.
What is the method used to separate ethanol from the yeast glucose mixture in anaerobic respiration?
Answer:
The method used to separate ethanol from the yeast glucose mixture in anaerobic respiration is fractional distillation.

Question 38.
In which organisms does exchange of gases take place through diffusion?
Answer:
In Amoeba, hydra and planarians exchange of gases takes place through diffusion.

Question 39.
In tracheal respiratory system which carry air directly to the cells in the tissues?
Answer:
Trachioles, the fine branches of trachea carry air directly to the cells in the tissues.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 40.
What are the respiratory organs in fishes?
Answer:
Gills or bronchiae are the respiratory organs in fishes.

Question 41.
What is cutaneous respiration?
Answer:
If the respiration occurs through skin, it is known as cutaneous respiration, e.g : Leech, Earthworm and Frog.

Question 42.
What are the other areas on the plant body through which gaseous exchange take place?
Answer:
The areas on the plant body through which geseous exchange take place are the surface of roots, lenticels on the stem.

Question 43.
What is the full form of ATP? How is it formed?
Answer:
I) ATP stands for Adenosine triphosphate.
2) ATP is used to supply energy in the cells for the carrying all the metabolic processes.

Question 44.
What are the factors that control respiration?
Answer:
Oxygen and temperature are the two important factors that control the process of respiration.

Question 45.
What are the substances that are used for the production of energy in all living organisms?
Answer:
Glucose and fatty acids are used for the production of energy in all living organisms.

Question 46.
How many types of respiration are present? What are they?
Answer:
There are two types of respiration. They are :

  1. Aerobic respiration and
  2. Anaerobic respiration.

Question 47.
Where is energy stored in ATP?
Answer:
Energy is stored in the terminal phosphate bond in ATP which is having three phosphates attached to a molecule of Adenosine.

Question 48.
What are the power houses of the cell?
Answer:
Mitochondria are the power houses of the cell.

Question 49.
What is the main difference between respiration and combustion?
Answer:
In respiration several intermediates are produced and in combustion, there are no such intermediates are produced.

Question 50.
What is the equation that represents respiration?
Answer:
The equation that represents respiration is
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 4

Question 51.

.
What are the sites of cellular respiration?
Answer:
Mitochondria are the sites of cellular respiration.

Question 52.
What are cristae in mitochondria?
Answer:
The inner membrane of mitochondria is thrown into several folds called cristae.

Question 53.
What is the net gain of ATP molecules in Glycolysis?
Answer:

  1. Four ATP molecules are produced when one molecule of glucose is converted to two molecules of pyruvate but two are consumed.
  2. The remaining two ATP molecules are net gain in glycolysis.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 54.
How many ATP molecules are produced when one glucose molecule is completely oxidised?
Answer:
A net gain of 38 ATP molecules are formed from the total oxidation of one glucose molecule.

Question 55.
What are the three stages present in complete oxidation of glucose molecule?
Answer:
The three stages present in complete oxidation of glucose molecule are

  1. Glycolysis
  2. Kreb’s cycle and
  3. Electron transport.

Question 56.
Why does oxidation of fatty acids give more energy?
Answer:
Oxidation of fatty acids give more energy due to the presence of more carbon atoms in them.

Question 57.
What are aquatic and terrestrial animals?
Answer:
Animals that live in water are called aquatic animals and that live on land are known as terrestrial animals.

Question 58.
Why is the rate of breathing in aquatic organisms much faster than terrestrial organisms?
Answer:

  1. The amount of oxygen dissolved in water is low when compared to the amount of oxygen present in air.
  2. Therefore the rate of breathing in aquatic animals is much faster than in terrestrial animals.

Question 59.
Which part of the roots is involved in the exchange of respiratory gases?
Answer:
The part of roots that are involved in the exchange of respiratory gases are root hairs.

Question 60.
What is the average breathing rate in an adult mem at rest?
Answer:
The average breathing rate in an adult man at rest is about 15 to 18 times per minute.

Question 61.
Why is the trachea prevented from collapsing?
Answer:
The walls of the trachea are supported by several ‘C’ shaped cartillagenous rings. They prevent the trachea from collapsing and closing.

Question 62.
Why deos the percentage of carbon dioxide increase in exhaled air?
Answer:
During oxidation of glucose carbon dioxide is produced as waste product. Hence the concentration of carbon dioxide increases in exhaled air.

Question 63.
How does breathing take place in mangrove plants?
Answer:
In mangrove plants breathing takes place through specialised structures called breath¬ing roots or pneumatophores.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 64.
How does respiration take place in plants where roots are present in wet places?
Answer:
The plants which have their roots in very wet places have much larger air spaces, connect the stems with the roots, making diffusion from upper parts.

Question 65.
Which form a continuous network all over the plant?
Answer:
The stomatal openings lead to a series of spaces between the cells inside the plant which form a continuous network all over the plant.

Question 66.
What are the reasons for the animals to develop different types of respiratory organs?
Answer:
Body size, availability of water, habitat in which they live and the type of circulatory system are some of the reasons for the animals to develop different types of respiratory organs.

Question 67.
Why do fishes die when taken out of water?
Answer:
Fishes do not have lungs to utilise oxygen for breathing. They have gills which can utilize only dissolved oxygen from water.

Question 68.
What would be the consequences of deficiency of haemoglobin in our bodies?
Answer:
Deficiency of haemoglobin in blood can affect the oxygen supplying capacity of blood to body cells. It can also lead to a disease called Anaemia.

Question 69.
What are the stages of respiration in man?
Answer:
Respiration in man occurs in two stages 1) Inhalation (or) Inspiration 2) Exhalation (or) Expiration.

Question 70.
Which part plays major role in respiration of man?
Answer:
Diaphragm plays a major role in respiration in man.

Question 71.
Which part plays major role in respiration of woman?
Answer:
In woman ribs play a major role in respiration.

Question 72.
How are lungs protected?
Answer:
Lungs are protected by two membranes called pleura. A fluid between these membranes protects the lungs from injury.

Question 73.
What is the composition of exhaled air?
Answer:
Exhaled air contains 16% of oxygen, 4% of carbon dioxide and 79% of nitrogen.

Question 74.
Why are red blood cells red in colour?
Answer:
Red blood cells are red in colour due to the presence of haemoglobin in their cytoplasm.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 75.
How is haemoglobin made up of?
Answer:
Haemoglobin is made up of a protein called globin, Iron (Hearn) and organic molecule called porphyrin.

10th Class Biology 2nd Lesson Respiration 2 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 5(a) Which gas turns lime water milky in this experiment?
Answer:
Carbondioxide (or) CO2

(b) Which gas do you think might be present in less quantities in the air we breath out as compared to air around us?
Answer:
Oxygen (or) O2

Question 2.
Balu said that, “Plants perform Photosynthesis during day time. They respire during night time”.
Do you agree with Bain? Why? Why not?
Answer:

  1. I do not agree with Balu’s statement.
  2. Photosynthesis depends on light for energy but respiration does not depend on light.
  3. Hence, photosynthesis takes place during day time only whereas respiration takes place both day and night.

Question 3.
The sportsman who participated in 100 mtr race get more muscle pains. But the sportsman who participates in 5 km’s race get less muscle pains. What is the reason?
Answer:

  1. Accumulation of lactic acid results in muscular pain.
  2. During 100 m race a well trained athlete can hold his breath and afterwards he pants.
  3. In this case, the muscles are using energy released during the anaerobic break down of glucose, lactic acid is produced.
  4. The presence of lactic acid in the blood is the main cause of muscle fatigue. Whether it is 100 mtr race or 5 km race.
  5. If the body is rested long enough the tiredness goes.

Question 4.
What happens if there is no epiglottis in human beings?
Answer:

  1. Food may enters into the larynx.
  2. Food may enters into the lungs leading to the death.
  3. May not speak properly.
  4. Entry of food and air may not be regulated properly.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 5.
Write two chemicals and two materials required to conduct the experiment “Heat and Carbon dioxide are evolved during anaerobic respiration”.
Materials required: Thermosflask, splitted corks, thermometer, wash bottle, glass tubes.
Chemicals required: Liquid paraffin, glucose solution, bicarbonate solution, Janus green B and Yeast cells.

Question 6.
Observe the below diagram.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 6A) To which biosystem is this picture related?
Answer:
Respiratory system.

B) Write the names of the parts of A, B.
Answer:
A – alveolus; B – blood capillary network

C) To which system are they linked with?
Answer:
Respiratory system; circulatory system.

D) Which process is happening here? What happens as a result of it?
Answer:
Gaseous exchange between alveolus of lungs and blood capillaries. Due to this the CO2, present in blood capillaries enter alveolus and oxygen present in alveolus en¬ter blood capillaries.

Question 7.
A person reached a specific distance once on foot and once by running. In which situation his legs pain? Why?
Answer:

  1. When a person runs to reach a specific distance gets pain in his legs.
  2. This is due to the production of lactic acid in the muscles.
  3. Due to the Anaerobic respiration glucose in muscles converts into lactic Acid.
  4. Accumulation of lactic acid causes pain in leg muscles.

Question 8.
What is the advantage of the wet and warm passage of air from the nostrils to capillaries?
Answer:
When the air passes in nasal cavity and in the pharynx some changes take place.

  1. The mucus layer and hair in the nasal cavity removes the dust particles in the air.
  2. The temperature of the air brought to the body temperature.
  3. Moistening the air.

Question 9.
In the experiment of anaerobic respiration with yeast
i) Why was liquid paraffin poured on glucose?
ii) What did you understood about anaerobic respiration?
Answer:
i) The supply of oxygen from the air can be stopped by pouring liquid paraffin on glucose.
ii) Anaerobic respiration takes place in the absence of oxygen. In this glucose molecule is incompletely oxidised. The end products of anaerobic respiration are ethyl alcohol or lactic acid and CO2.
During anaerobic respiration small amount of energy is liberated (2ATP). Anaero¬bic respiration occurs in many anaerobic bacteria and human muscles cells. The anaero¬bic respiration can be represented as:
C6H12O6 → 2C2H5OH + 2CO2+ 56 K.Cal.

Question 10.
See the below table. Write what you know from it.

Gas % in inhaled air % of exhaled air
Oxygen 21 16
Carbon dioxide 0.04 4
Nitrogen 79 79

Answer:

  1. The inhaled air consists of 21% of oxygen whereas the exhaled air contains 16% of oxygen only. This is due to utlilisation of oxygen during cellular respiration in the body. Hence the difference occurs.
  2. Inhaled air contains 0.04% of carbondioxide whereas exhale air contains 4% of carbondioxide.
    The concentration of CO2 is increased a lot due to the release of CO2 during cellular respiration in the body.
  3. Both inhale and exhale air contains 79% of nitrogen because nitrogen has no role to play in cellular respiration.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 11.
What is the pathway of air from nostril to alveolus?
Answer:
Draw a flow chart of Respiratory passage of Humans.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 7

Question 12.
What happens when a baker prepares a dough by mixing yeast in it?
Answer:

  1. The yeast is commonly used for fermenting bread is saccharomyces cerevisiae.
  2. Baker’s yeast has the advantage of producing uniform, quick, and reliable results because it is obtained from pure culture.
  3. Water is mixed with flour, salt and the fermenting agent.
  4. The mixed dough is then allowed to rise one or more times.
  5. Then loaves are formed and the bread is baked in air oven.

Question 13.
How does respiration in amoeba and hydra occur through diffusion? (OR)
What are the similarities in respiration of amoeba and hydra?
Answer:

  1. Amoeba and hydra are aquatic organisms.
  2. Respiration in them occurs through diffusion.
  3. As oxygen is used by these organisms in respiration, its concentration is reduced in cytoplasm. Hence oxygen diffuses into cytoplasm from surrounding water.
  4. During respiration CO2 is continuously produced, its concentration increases in the cytoplasm, hence it diffuses into surrounding water.

Question 14.
Write a short note on ATP. (OR) Expand ATP.
Answer:

  1. From the break down of glucose the energy is released and stored up in a special compound known as ATP (Adenosine Triphosphate).
  2. It is a small parcel of chemical energy. The energy currency of these cells is ATP an energy rich compound that is capable of supplying energy whenever needed within the cell.
  3. Each ATP molecule gives 7200 calories of energy. This energy is stored in the form of phosphate bonds.
  4. If the bond is broken, the stored energy is released.

Question 15.
How do Dolphin and Crocodile respire?
Answer:

  1. The aquatic animals like dolphin and crocodile respire with the help of lungs.
  2. They come out of the water for air.
  3. These two animals were lived on land initially.
  4. Later they lived in water and developed several adaptations to live in water.

Question 16.
Why are Mitochondria called “Power houses of cell”? (QR)
What is the energy producing organ in a cell? How does it produce energy?
Answer:

  1. Cellular respiration in prokaryotic cells like that of bacteria occurs within the cytoplasm.
  2. In eukaryotic cells cytoplasm and mitochondria are the sites of reaction.
  3. The produced energy is stored in mitochandria in the form of ATP.
  4. Hence, mitochondria are called “Power houses of cell”.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 17.
Write the rate of respiration in different age groups of human beings.
Answer:

  1. Newborn child: 32 times per minute
  2. Children of 5 years: 26 times per minute
  3. Man of 25 years: 15 times per minute
  4. Man of 50 years: 18 times per minute

10th Class Biology 2nd Lesson Respiration 4 Marks Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Write about respiration in mangroves that grow in marshy lands.
Answer:

  1. Mangroves grown near the marshy places respire through aerial roots or respiratory roots.
  2. The root hairs exchange the gases from their surface.
  3. They obtain oxygen from the airspaces present between the soil particles.
  4. The plants grown in marshy places are adapted to develop aerial roots above the soil surface which helps in gaseous exchange.

Question 2.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 10a) What is the aim of this experiment?
Answer:
Heat is liberated during respiration.

b) What change do you observe in thermometer readings?
Answer:
Reading increases in the thermometer.

c) In your opinion, where did this heat come from?
Answer:
The heat comes from the germinating seeds which respire and releasing heat.

d) What precaution should we take, while doing this experiment?
Answer:
The bulb of the thermometer should be dip in the germinating seeds (or) sprouts.

Question 3.
You have conducted this experiment in your classroom. Now answer the following questions.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 11a) What do you prove by conducting this experiment?
Answer:
To test the production of heat and carbon dioxide during anaerobic respiration.

b) Why do you heat glucose solution?
Answer:
To remove the dissolved oxygen in the glucose solution.

c) How do you confirm that glucose solution is free from oxygen after heating it?
Answer:
By adding diazine green (Janus green B) solution to glucose solution, it turns to pink.

d) What are the changes you notice in the lime water?
Answer:
Lime water turns milky white.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 4.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 12
i) What change did you observe in the thermometer in the given experiment?
Answer:
Raise in the temperature

ii) Where does the heat come from?
Answer:
From the germinating seeds during respiration

iii) What result you will get, if you perform this experiment with dry seeds?
Answer:
No change of temperature in thermometre.

iv) What are the apparatus used in this experiment?
Answer:
Glass jar, germinating seeds, cork, thermometer.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 5.
Observe the set of apparatus and answer the following questions.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 13i) Which process do we know with the help of this experiment?
Answer:
Combustion.

ii) How does this process differ with respiration?
Answer:
Respiration occurs in the presence of water.
Combustion occurs in the absence of water.

iii) What are the similarities between this process and respiration?
Answer:
In both processes energy is released.

iv) Which gas turns lime – water milky?
Answer:
Carbon-di-oxide (CO2)

Question 6.
Look at the following experiment. Answer the questions.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 11
a) What is the aim of the experiment?
Answer:
The aim of the experiment is CO2 is released during anaerobic respiration.

b) Which agent is used to find the presence of oxygen?
What changes do you observe when oxygen is present in Glucose solution?
Answer:
To find the presence of oxygen diazine green (Janus Green B) solution is used. The blue diazine green solution turns pink when oxygen is present in the glucose solution.

c) Why is liquid paraffin poured on glucose solution?
Answer:
By pouring liquid paraffin on glucose solution, the supply of oxygen from the air can be cut off.

d) Which gas is released during the experiment? How can you prove it?
Answer:
Carbon dioxide is released.
The released CO2 passes into lime water it turns milky.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 7.
Observe the following diagram and answer the following questions.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 14

  1. What do we call the membranes that cover the lungs?
  2. What is the functional unit of lungs ?
  3. Which part produces the sound ?
  4. What does ‘X’ denote ?

Answer:

  1. Pleura
  2. Alveoli
  3. Larynx
  4. Trachea

Question 8.
Observe the diagram and answer the following questions.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 15
a) What does the given diagram indicate?
b) What is the part ‘X’ in the diagram?
c) What is the function of the given picture?
d) To which system the given picture belongs to?
Answer:
a) The given diagram indicates mitochondria.
b) Matrix
c) Performing cellular respiration and releasing energy in the form of ATP.
d) Respiratory system.

Question 9.
Observe the experimental setup and answer the given questions.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 12A) What is the aim of this experiment?
B) What are the apparatus required for this experiment?
C) What changes do you observe in thermometer during this WKm experiment?
D) What will happen, if dry seeds are taken instead of germinating seeds in this experiment?
Answer:
A) Heat is liberated during respiration.
B) Glass jar, Germinating seeds, Cork and Thermometer.
C) We can notice the raise in temperature after observing the thermometer readings.
D) There will be no change of temperature in the thermometer. We can’t prove the aim of the experiment.

Question 10.
Observe the below diagram and answer the following questions:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 11i) What does the above setting (diagram) indicate?
Answer:
The above setting (diagram) indicates to prove that carbon dioxide and heat are liberated during anaerobic respiration by yeast cells.

ii) Why is boiled and cooled glucose covered with paraffin?
Answer:
To prevent supply of air, boiled and cooled glucose is covered with paraffin.

iii) What is the use of adding diazine green to glucose solution? What change you notice in glucose solution?
Answer:
Diazine green is added to glucose solution to know whether oxygen is present or not in glucose solution. When the availability of oxygen is less the diazine green changes to pink colour.

iv) Why is lime water used in this experiment?
Answer:
To know whether carbon dioxide is released or not in this experiment lime water is used. Carbon dioxide changes lime water to milky white.

v) Why is bulb of thermometer dipped in the glucose water?
Answer:
To know the rise in temperature of glucose solution when heated, the bulb of thermometer is dipped in the glucose water.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 11.
Explain with the help of a flow chart, the path way of air in humans.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 8

Question 12.
Study the graph and answer the following questions :
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 16Graph showing effects of vigorous excercise on the concentration of lactic acid in blood.
i) What was the concentration of lactic acid in blood to start with?
ii) What was the greatest concentration of lactic acid reached during the experiment?
iii) What is the concentration of lactic acid after 25 minutes of exercise?
iv) What is the relationship between lactic acid and muscle pain?
Answer:
i) 20 mg/cm3
ii) 20 minutes (Or) at “B” point,
iii) 101 mg/cm3
iv) If concentration of lactic acid increases, muscle pains also increases.

Question 13.
Observe the following :
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 17
Write the answers to the following questions:
i) How many Pyruvic acid molecules form from one Glucose?
Answer:
2 Pyruvic acid molecules.

ii) What conditions influence Pyruvic acid to participate in Aerobic and Anaerobic respiration?
Answer:
Presence of oxygen

iii) In which we get more energy in both Aerobic and Anaerobic respirations?
Answer:
Aerobic respiration

iv) The chemical that is formed in human muscles during Anaerobic respiration.
Answer:
Lactic acid

Question 14.
Why does the exchange of gases happen only in alveoli, though arteries are present in pharynx, trachea and bronchus?
Answer:

  1. Alveoli are tiny air sacs in the lungs surrounded by capillaries
  2. They are numerous and only single cell thickness
  3. They increase the efficiency of gas exchange.
  4. Due to the difference in a gradient of O2 oxygen diffuse from alveoli to blood capillaries.

Question 15.
What are the events or steps in respiration?
Answer:
The following are the events or steps in respiration.

  1. Breathing: Air moves into lungs and out of lungs.
  2. Gaseous exchange in lungs: Exchange of gases between alveoli and blood.
  3. Gas transport by blood: Transport of oxygen from blood capillaries of alveoli to body cells and return of carbon dioxide.
  4. Gaseous exchange in cells: Exchanging oxygen from blood into the cells and carbon dioxide from cells into the blood.
  5. Cellular respiration: Using oxygen in cell processes to produce carbon dioxide and water, releasing energy to be used for life processes.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 16.
What will happen if the respiratory tract is not moist? (OR)
Why respiratory tract should be moist?
Answer:

  1. If the respiratory tract is not moist the dirt particles in the inhaled air will not be removed from air in the nasal cavities and reaches lungs and creates problems to lungs.
  2. The temperature of the inhaled air is brought close to that of the body for the smooth passage in the respiratory tract. If it is dry, it is not possible.
  3. If the surface dries out, gas exchange will happen at a very reduced rate since fast moving gaseous oxygen molecules do not efficiently cross the alveoli membrane.
  4. The reduced gas exchange is most likely not enough to support blood oxygenation for vital functions.
  5. Hence respiratory tract should be moist for smooth exchange of gases.

Question 17.
Explain the process of transportation of gases through the blood.
Answer:

  1. The relative amount of gases and their combining capacity with haemoglobin and other substances in blood determine their transport via blood in the body.
  2. When oxygen present in the air is within normal limits (around 21%) then almost all of it is carried in the blood by binding to haemoglobin, a protein present in the red blood cells.
  3. As oxygen is diffused in the blood, it rapidly combines with the haemoglobin to form oxyhaemoglobin.
  4. Not only can haemoglobin combine with oxygen, but it can easily broken into haemoglobin and oxygen.
  5. Carbon dioxide is usually transported as bicarbonate, while some amount of it combines with haemoglobin and rest is dissolved in blood plasma.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 18

Question 18.
Why is human life impossible at higher altitudes without a supplementary supply of oxygen? (OR)
The concentration of oxygen in air decreases as we go up from sea level. Explain briefly.
Answer:

  1. If haemoglobin is exposed to air at sea level, every molecule in air combines with oxygen to form oxyhaemoglobin.
  2. At a height of 13 km above sea level, the concentration of oxygen is much lower about l/5th of a sea level.
  3. Under these conditions about half as many molecules of oxygen combine with haemoglobin to form oxyhaemoglobin.
  4. Blood cannot carry enough oxygen to the tissues.
  5. Hence human life is impossible at such a high altitude without a supplementary supply of oxygen.
  6. Provision for such a supply is built into modern aircraft which have pressurized cabins that maintain an enriched air supply.

Question 19.
What are the different ways in which glucose is oxidised to provide energy in various organisms? Give one example of each.
How does oxidation of glucose occur in various organisms?
Answer:

  1. Glucose is the most commonly used sugar for deriving energy in plants, animals and in microorganisms.
  2. In all these organisms glucose is oxidized in two stages.
  3. The first stage is known as Glycolysis. It occurs in cytoplasm.
  4. During glycolysis glucose is converted to two molecules of pyruvic acid.
  5. In the second stage if oxygen is available pyruvic acid is converted to C02 and water, large amount of energy is released. This is known as aerobic respiration. It occurs in most of the plant and animal cells.
  6. If oxygen is inadequate or not available, pyruvic acid is converted into ethanol and carbon dioxide. This is anaerobic respiration taking place in yeast cells that is called fermentation.
  7. If oxygen is not available in muscle cells, the pyruvic acid is converted into lactic acid.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 19

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 20.
Write the adaptations seen in plants living in water logged conditions.
(OR)
What are the adaptations seen in magrove plants?
Answer:

  1. Most plants can aerate their roots by taking in the oxygen through lenticels or through the surface of their root hairs.
  2. But plants which have their roots in very wet places, are unable to do this.
  3. They are adapted to these water logged conditions by having much larger air spaces which connect the stems with the roots, making diffusion from the upper parts much more efficiently.
  4. The problem of air transportion is more difficult for trees and may not survive with their roots permanently in water.
  5. To overcome this problem the mangrove tree of the tropics which raise up aerial roots above the surface and takes in oxygen.

Question 21.
Describe the mechanism of branchial or gill respiration in fishes.
(OR)
Briefly explain the process of exchange of gases in fishes during respiration.
Answer:

  1. Some aquatic animals like fishes have developed special organs for respiration which are known as gills or branchiae.
  2. Blood is supplied to gills through capillaries which have thin walls where gases are exchanged. Gills are present in the gill pouches or branchial pouches.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 20
  3. Gills are provided with leaf-like folds called gill lamellae.
  4. Fish keeps its mouth open and lowers the floor of the oral cavity. As a result water from outside will be drawn into the oral cavity.
  5. Now the mouth is closed and the floor of the oral cavity is raised.
  6. Water is pushed into the pharynx and is forced to gill pouches through internal branchia apertures.
  7. When water passes through gill lamellae exchange of gases takes place, that is oxygen diffuses from water to blood and CO2 from blood into water.
  8. Then water flows through external branchia aperture.

Question 22.
Explain briefly about Pranayama- the art of breathing. (OR)
How can the capacity of lungs be improved by yoga?
Answer:

  1. To improve breathing capacity the saint Patanjali developed Yogabyasa.
  2. The art of breathing in Yogabyasa is called Pranayama. Prana means gas, ayama means journey.
  3. In Pranayama practice air is allowed to enter three lobes of lungs in order to in¬crease the amount of oxygen to diffuse into blood.
  4. More amount of oxygen available to brain and tissues the body will be more active.
  5. It is very important to practise Pranayama regularly to make our life healthy and active.
  6. All people irrespective of age and sex should practise Pranayama under the guidance of well trained Yoga Teacher to improve the working capacity of lungs.

Question 23.
What are the experiments carried out by Lavoisier to understand the property of gases?
Answer:

  1. In his early experiments Lavoisier thought that the gas liberated on heating powdered charcoal in a bell jar kept over water in a trough was like fixed air i.e., carbon dioxide.
  2. The next series of experiments deals with the combustion of phosphorous in a bell jar. From this he showed that whatever it was in the atmospheric air which combined with the phosphorous was not water vapour.
  3. This was respirable air, a component of air that also helped in burning.
  4. The air that we breathe out precipitated lime water while that after heating metal did not.
  5. From this, he concluded that there were two processes involved in respiration.
  6. Lavoisier carried out another experiment by which he showed that about one sixth of the volume of ‘vitiated air’ consists of chalky acid gas (fixed air).
  7. Either eminently respirable air is changed in the lungs to chalky acid air; or an exchange takes place, the eminently respirable air being absorbed, and an almost equal volume of chalky acid air being given up to the air from the lungs.
  8. Lavoisier had to admit that there were strong grounds for believing that eminently respirable air did combine with the blood to produce the red colour.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 24.
Explain the evolutionary changes in energy-releasing system.
(OR)
What are the different respiratory systems in animal groups?
Answer:
Exchange of gases is a common life process in all living organisms, but it is not same in all.

  1. Diffusion:
    1. Single-celled organisms like amoeba or multicellular organisms like hydra and planarians obtain oxygen and expel carbon dioxide directly from the body by the process of diffusion.
    2. In multicellular animals special organs are evolved.
    3. Body size, availability of water and the type of circulatory system are some of the reasons for the animals to develop different types of respiratory organs.
  2. Tracheal respiratory system : In insects tracheal respiratory system is present in which small branches of trachea called trachioles carry air directly to the cells in the tissues.
  3. Bronchial respiration : In fishes gills are utilised for the exchanges of gases. Blood is supplied to gills through capillaries which have thin walls for exchange of gases. This is called bronchial respiration.
  4. Cutaneous respiration: 0 Respiration through skin is called cutaneous respiration.
    Eg: i) Earth worms and leeches.
    ii) Frog, an amphibian can respire through lungs and skin.
  5. Pulmonary respiration : Most of the higher animals respire with the help of lungs. This type of respiration is known as pulmonary respiration. Eg: Mammals.

Question 25.
Describe the structure of mitochondria with the help of a diagram. (OR)
Which cell organelle is called energy currency or power house of cell? What do you know about its construction?
Answer:
Mitochondria is known as energy currency or power house of cell.
Structure of mitochondria:
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 21

  1. Mitochondria are sac-like structures present in the cytoplasm of the cells.
  2. Mitochondria have two compartments-an inner compartment and an outer compartment. The substance in the inner compartment is called matrix.
  3. The matrix is surrounded by a membrane called inner membrane of mitochondria.
  4. The inner membrane is thrown into several folds called cristae. The cristae extended into the matrix.
  5. The space between the folds is continuous with the outer compartment.
  6. On the inner membrane, projecting into the matrix are a large number of particles called elementary particles.
  7. These particles have a spherical head and a stalk. They are attached to the inner membrane by their stalk and the head portion of the particle is in the matrix.
  8. The outer compartment is surrounded by another membrane – the outer membrane. The outer membrane is smooth and has no projections.
  9. The inner membrane, the matrix and the elementary particles in the mitochondria have large number of enzymes and other required proteins for the respiration and energy production.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 26.
Draw and label mitochondria. Why should we call it cell of power ?
Answer:

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 22Oxidation of glucose molecule occurs in the mitochondria, ot cell. This is known as cellular respiration. The energy produced during cellular respiration stored in the form of ATP molecule. Energy producing cellular respiration occurs in mitochondria hence we call it cell of power or power house of the ceil.

Question 27.
Describe how oxygen enters the blood in lungs with the help of block diagram.
(OR)
How does gaseous exchange occur in lungs?
Answer:

  1. Gaseous exchange takes place within the lungs by diffusion from the alveoli to blood capillaries and vice versa. Alveoli in lungs are numerous and only one cell thick.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 23
  2. Alveoli are surrounded by capillaries that are also one cell thick.
  3. Blood, dark red in colour flows from the heart through these capillaries and collects oxygen from the alveoli.
    At the same time, carbon dioxide passes out of the capillaries and into the alveoli.
  4. When we breathe out, we get rid of carbon dioxide.
  5. The bright red, oxygen rich blood is returned to the heart and pumped out to all parts of the body.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 28.
What is the role of diaphragm and ribs in respiration? Are both active in man and woman?
Answer:
Diaphragm:

  1. Diaphragm is a muscular dome shaped tissue present at the floor of the chest cavity separating abdomen from respiratory system.
  2. Diaphragm expands downwards into the abdomen thus increasing chest cavity. This allows the lungs to expand as we inhale.
  3. As the diaphragm contracts upwards thus decreasing the chest cavity, it allows the air to expel from the lungs.
    Ribs:
  4. The ribs protect the lungs and expand as we inhale to facilitate space for the lungs to expand. The ribs then contract expelling the air from the lungs.
  5. The intercostal muscles present between the ribs help in contraction and relaxation of ribs.
  6. In man, diaphragm plays a major role in the respiration, while in woman, the ribs play a major role.

Question 29.
Why are alveoli so small and uncountable in number? (OR)
How do alveoli increase the area for exchange of gases?
Answer:

  1. The pouch-like air sacs at the ends of the smallest branchioles are called alveoli.
  2. The walls of the alveolus are very thin and they are surrounded by very thin blood capillaries.
  3. It is in the alveoli that gaseous exchange takes place.
  4. There are millions of alveoli in the lungs. The presence of millions of alveoli in the lungs provides a very large area for the exchange of gases.
  5. And the availability of large surface area maximises the exchanges of gases.

Question 30.
Write a brief note on respiration in plants. (OR)
Does respiration occur in plants? Explain briefly about it.
Answer:

  1. In most plants exchange of gases takes place through stomata.
  2. There are other areas on the plant body like surface of roots, lenticels on stem, etc. the gaseous exchange takes place.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 24
  3. Some plants have specialized structures like breathing roots of mangrove plants as well as the tissue in orchids.
  4. Breathing roots and tissue in orchids help plants to take oxygen to produce energy and release carbon dioxide.
  5. Inside the plants openings lead to a series of spaces between the cells which form a continuous network all over the plant.
  6. The whole system works by diffusion.
  7. As the oxygen is used up by the cells a gradient develops between the cells and the air in the spaces.
  8. So oxygen passes in between the air spaces and the air outside stomata and lenticels.
  9. In the same way, as more carbon dioxide is given out by the cells, a gradient occurs in the reverse direction and it passes out.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 31.
Write a brief note on tracheal respiration in insects.
Answer:

  1. In insects blood do not contain haemoglobin, and blood is white in colour. Hence it cannot carry oxygen.
  2. For respiration insects adopt a special system called tracheal system.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 25
  3. This system consists of a series of tubes called trachea.
  4. These trachea open out through small apertures called spiracles on either side of the body.
  5. All tracheal tubes of each side join and form a longitudinal tracheal trunk.
  6. Trachea divide into a number of branches called tracheoles which carry air directly to the tissues.
  7. As the air moves in and out of the trachea, oxygen present in the air diffuses into the cells and CO2 diffuses into the air from the cells.

Question 32.
Write about the mechanism of respiration in human beings. (OR)
How does exchange of gases take place in human beings?
Answer:

  1. Respiration in man occurs in two stages. They are inspiration and expiration.
  2. During inspiration air from outside enters into the lungs by increasing the chest cavity.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 26
  3. Increase in the chest cavity is made by pulling the diaphragm down and pushing the ribs forward.
  4. As the air pressure in the lungs is reduced, air from outside enters the lungs through external nostrils, nasal cavities, internal nares, pharynx, epiglottis, larynx, trachea, bronchi and branchioles and finally reach the alveoli where exchange of gases takes place.
  5. During expiration the diaphragm and ribs come back to original positions.
    AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 27
  6. This reduces the volume of chest cavity.
  7. So the volume of lungs is decreased and air under pressure comes out of the lungs.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 33.
Study the graph given below and analyse the reasons for accumulation of lactic acid in blood after strenuous exercise.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 28AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 29
Answer:

  1. This graph shows the relation between time accumulation of lactic acid in the muscles.
  2. At the beginning, the amount of lactic acid in the blood is very less.
  3. Gradually it is increased by vigorous exercise.
  4. Within 15 minutes it goes to maximum level which causes muscle pain.
  5. Then the lactic acid is removed from muscles in an hour.
  6. Muscles produce energy by anaerobic respiration.
    C6H12O6 → lactic acid + CO2 + energy
  7. In the vigorous exercise, muscle work rapidly and produce more lactic acid.
  8. That’s why lactic acid concentration is increased in muscle after strenuous exercise.

Question 34.
Observe the above graph of lactic acid accumulation in the muscles of an athlete and answer the following questions.
a) What was the concentration of lactic acid in the blood to start with?
Answer:
It is 20 mg/km3.

b) What was the greatest concentration reached during the experiment?
Answer:
101 mg/cm3.

c) If the trend between points C and D were to continue at the same rate, how long might it take for the original lactic acid level to be reached once again?
Answer:
55 minutes.

d) What does high level of lactic acid indicate about the condition of respiration?
Answer:
It indicates the accumulation of lactic acid in muscles through anaerobic respiration. The presence of lactic acid in the blood is the main cause of muscular pain and fatigue.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 35.
Describe the structure of human lungs with the help of a diagram.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration 30
Answer:

  1. A pair of lungs is present in the chest cavity one on either side of the heart.
  2. Lungs are spongy and elastic. They are enclosed by two membranes called pleura.
  3. Space between the two membranes of pleura is filled with fluid. Pleura protects the lungs from injury.
  4. Right lung is larger than the left lung.
  5. Right lung is made of three lobes while the left lung has only two lobes.
  6. Lung has several thousands of alveoli which are supplied with blood capillaries.
  7. Pulmonary artery brings deoxygenated blood from heart to lungs.
  8. After entering the lung, this artery divides into several arterioles and capillaries and supplies deoxygenated blood to alveoli.
  9. Gas exchange occurs in the alveoli.
  10. Oxygenated blood is carried from the lung to heart by the pulmonary vein.

Project work
Question 1.
Observe and analyse the questions in the table given below.

Newly borned (Children) (Children) Children Youth/Adults Athletics
(0-3 months) (3-6 months) (6-12 months) (1-10 years)
Heart beat 100 -150 90-120 80 -120 70-130 60-100 40-60

A) In which age group rate of heart beat is more?
B) In which age group rate of heart beat is less?
C) Why heart beat in Athletics is less?
D) What are reasons for more rate of heart beats differences between the newly born and children?
Answer:
A) In newly borned babies which are in 0 – 3 months of age group rate of heart beat is more i.e., 100 to 150 times.
B) In athletics the rate of heart beat is less i.e., 40 – 60 times / minute.
C) The heart of athlete pump more blood per beat due to increased cardio-vascular fitness in the structure of the heart. The muscles in the heart wall thicken and the heart pumps more blood with each beat.
D)

  1. Mothers who have special medical conditions such as thyroid diseases or diabetes may give birth to new borns who are temporarily tachscardic from altered hormone and glucose levels. Tachycardia is a medical term for a very rapid heart beat.
  2. Some infants are born with accessory electrical tissue in the heart causes epi¬sodes of rapid heart rate.
  3. In wolf – parkinson syndrome – white syndrome there are extra cells and an ac-cessory path way, causing additional heart beats.

AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

Question 2.
Observe the table given below and analyse the questions.

Name of the animal Weight of the body Weight of the heart No. of beats/min
Blue whale 1,30,000 kg 750 kg 7
Elephant 3000 kg 12-21 kg 46
Man 60 – 70 kg 300 gm 76
Coaltit (Bird) 8 gm 0.15 gm 1200

A) Why heart beat is less in animals with more weight?
B) Why heart beat is more in animals with less weight?
C) What is the relationship between weight of the body and rate of heart beat?
D) Why the weight of heart is less than body weight?
Answer:
A) The animals with more weight usually have weighted hearts. In one heart beat the large-sized hearts sends high amounts of blood to circulatory system. It takes time for the fulfilment of heart. Hence heart beat is less in animals with more body weight.
B) Usually the heart is very small in less weight animals. When the animal shrinks or contracts , its heart actually decrease the volume of blood proportionately. It can compensate for the reduced volume by increasing the rate at which it can supply blood to all body parts.
C) As the weight of the body of the animal increases the rate of heart beat per minute decreases. And also as the weight of the body decrease the rate of heart beat increases.
D) Usually the body of an organism is made by number of organs which makes the body functional. As all the body parts constitute the whole organism, the heart one of the organ is usually has less weight than body weight of an animal.
AP SSC 10th Class Biology Important Questions Chapter 2 Respiration

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions 5th Lesson Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

10th Class Physics 5th Lesson Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces Textbook Questions and Answers

Improve Your Learning

Question 1.
Why is it difficult to shoot a fish swimming in water? (AS1)
(OR)
If the fish is swimming in water, why it is difficult to shoot?
(OR)
A shooter finds it difficult to shoot a fish swimming in water. Why?
Answer:
Due to refraction of light, it is difficult to shoot a fish swimming in water.

Reason :
The light rays coming from the fish towards shooter, bend at water-air interface. So, shooter sees only image of the fish, but not actual fish.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 2.
The speed of light in a diamond is 1,24,000 km/s. Find the refractive index of diamond if the speed of light in air is 3,00,000 km/s. (AS1)
Answer:
Speed of light in diamond = 1,24,000 km/s
Speed of light in vacuum = 3,00,000 km/s
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 1

Question 3.
Refractive index of glass relative to water is 9/8. What is the refractive index of water relative to glass? (AS1)
Answer:
Refractive index of glass relative to water = \(\frac{n_{g}}{n_{w}}=\frac{9}{8}\)
∴ Refractive index of water relative to glass = \(\frac{\mathrm{n}_{\mathrm{w}}}{\mathrm{n}_{\mathrm{g}}}=\frac{8}{9} \cdot\left[\because \mathrm{n}_{12}=\frac{1}{\mathrm{n}_{21}}\right]\)

Question 4.
The absolute refractive index of water is 4/3. What is the critical angle ? (AS1)
Answer:
Absolute refractive index of water = 4/3
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 2
Critical angle of water = C = 48°5′ = 48.5°.

Question 5.
Determine the refractive index of benzene if the critical angle is 42°. (AS1)
Answer:
Critical angle of benzene = 42°.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 3

Question 6.
Explain the formation of mirage. (AS1)
(OR)
How is the mirage formed? Explain.
(OR)
A person walking on a road observed some water being present on the road but when he went there actually he did not find water. What is that actually formed called? Explain that process.
(OR)
Sometimes during the hot summer at noon time on tar roads, it appears that there is water on the road, but there would really be no water. What do you call this phenomenon? Explain why it happens.
(OR)
Why do you see a mirage the road on a hot summer day?
Answer:

  • During hot summer day, air just above the road surface is very hot and the air at higher altitudes is cool.
  • We know that refractive index of air increases with density.
  • So, the cooler air at the top has greater refractive index than hotter air just above the road.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 4

  • Light travels faster through the thinner hot air than the denser cool air above it.
  • On hot days, the temperature decreases with height.
  • Thus the refractive index of air increases with height.
  • When the light from a tall object such as tree or from the sky passes, through a medium just above the road whose refractive index decreases towards ground, suffers refraction and takes a curved path because of total internal reflection.
  • This refracted light reaches the observer in a direction shown as in second figure.
  • This appears to the observer that the ray is reflected from ground.
  • Hence we will see water on road, which is the virtual image of sky and an inverted image of tree on the road.
  • Such virtual images of distant high objects cause the optical illusion called ‘mirage’.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 7.
How do you verify experimentally that \(\frac{\sin i}{\sin r}\) is a constant? (AS1)
(OR)
Explain the experiment that shows the relation between angle of incidence and angle of refraction through figure.
(OR)
Write an experiment to obtain the relation between angle of incidence and angle of refraction.
Answer:
Aim:
Identifying relation between angle of incidence and angle of refraction.

Materials required :
A plank, white chart, protractor, scale, small black painted plank, a semi-circular glass disc of thickness nearly 2 cm pencil and laser light.

Procedure :
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 5 AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 6

  1. Take a wooden plank which is covered with white chart.
  2. Draw two perpendicular lines, passing through the middle of the paper as shown in the figure (a).
  3. Let the intersecting point be O.
  4. Mark one line as NN which is normal to the another line marked as MM.
  5. Here MM represents the line drawn along the interface of two media and NN represents the normal drawn to this line at ‘O’.
  6. Take a protractor and place it along NN in such a way that its centre coincides with ‘O’ as shown in figure (b).
  7. Then mark the angles from 0° to 90° on both sides of the line NN.
  8. Repeat the same on the other side of the line NN.
  9. The angles should be represented on circular line.
  10. Now place semi circular glass disc so that its diameter coincides with the interface line (MM) and its centre coincides with the point O.
  11. Take the laser light and send it along NN in such a way that the laser propagates from air to glass through the interface at point O and observe the way of laser light coming from other side of disc.
  12. There is no deviation.
  13. Send Laser light along a line which makes 15° (angle of incidence) with NN and see that it must pass through point O.
  14. Measure its corresponding angle of refraction.
  15. Repeat the experiment with angle of incidences of 20°, 30°, 40°, 50° and 60° and note the corresponding angles of refraction.

Observation :

  • Find sin i, sin r for every i and r note down the values in table.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 7

  • Evaluate \(\frac{\sin i}{\sin r}\) for every incident angle i.
  • We get \(\frac{\sin i}{\sin r}\) as constant.
  • That is the relationship between angle of incidence and angle of refraction.
  • The ratio of sin i and sin r is called refractive index.

Question 8.
Explain the phenomenon of total internal reflection with one or two activities. (AS1)
Answer:
Procedure :

  1. Place the semi-circular glass disc in such a way that its diameter coincides with interlace line MM and its center coincides with point O’.
  2. Now send light from the curved side of the semicircular glass disc.
  3. The light travels from denser medium to rarer medium.
  4. Start with angle of incidence (i), equals to 0° and observe for refracted on other side of the disc.
  5. It does not deviate into its path when entering rarer medium.
  6. Send laser light along angles of incidence 5°, 10°, 15°, etc. and measure the angle of refraction.
  7. And tabulate the results in the given table.

Observation :

  • Make a table shown below and note the values ‘i’ and ‘r’.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 8

  • At particular angle of incidence, the refracted ray does not come out but grazes the interface separating the air and glass. This angle is called critical angle.
  • When the angle of incidence is greater than critical angle, the light ray gets reflected into denser medium at the interface, i.e. light never enters rarer medium. This phenomenon is called total internal reflection.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 9.
How do you verify experimentally that the angle of refraction is more than angle of incidence when light rays travel from denser to rarer medium? (AS1)
(OR)
When the light rays travel from denser to rarer medium, how can you explain, the angle of refraction is more than angle of incidence experimentally?
Answer:
Procedure :
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 9
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 10

  • Take a metal disc. Use a protractor and mark angles along its edge as shown in the figure.
  • Arrange two straws at the centre of the disc, in such a way that they can be rotated freely about the centre of the disc.
  • Adjust one of the straws to make an angle 10°.
  • Immerse half of the disc vertically into the water, filled in a transparent vessel. While dipping, verify that the straw at 10° must be inside the water.
  • From the top of the vessel, try to view the straw which is inside the water as shown in the figure.
  • Then adjust the other straw which is outside of the water until both straws look like they are in a single straight line.
  • Then take the disc out of the water and observe the two straws on it. You will find that they are not in a single straight line.
  • Measure the angle between the normal and second straw. Note the values in the following table.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 11

  • Do the same for various angles and find the corresponding angles of refraction and note them in the table.

Observation :
We will find the angle of refraction is more than angle of incidence.
i. e., r > i.

Conclusion :
When light travels from denser (water) to rarer (air) it bends away from the normal.

Question 10.
Take a bright metal ball and make it black with soot in a candle flame. Immerse it in water. How does it appear and why? (Make hypothesis and do the above experiment) (AS2)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 12

  • The black metallic .ball appears to be raised up in the water because the path of the ray changes its direction at the interface, separating the two media, i.e., water and air.
  • This path is chosen by light ray so as to minimize time of travel between ball and eye.
  • This can be possible only when the speed of light changes at interface of two media.
  • In another way the speed of light is different in different media.

Hypothesis :
Speed of light changes when it travels from one medium to another medium.

Question 11.
Take a glass vessel and pour some glycerine into it and then pour water up to the brim. Take a quartz glass rod. Keep it in the vessel. Observe the glass rod from the sides of the glass vessel.
1) What changes do you notice?
2) What could be the reasons for these changes? (AS2)
Answer:

  1. We cannot see the glass rod in glycerine but we can see the rod in water.
  2. We can also observe an apparent image of glass rod in water.
  3. Reasons:
    i) Glycerine has essentially same refractive index as glass.
    ii) So, any light passing through these is bent equally.
    iii) Since both are transparent, it is not possible for our eye to distinguish the boundary by a change in the angle of reflection, and the glass seems to vanish.
    iv) But, the refractive index of glass and water are different.
    v) So the glass rod is visible to our eye in water. .

Question 12.
Do Activity-7 again. How can you find critical angle of water? Explain your steps briefly. (AS3)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 13
Procedure:

  1. Take a cylindrical transparent vessel.
  2. Place a coin at the bottom of the vessel.
  3. Now pour water until you get the image of the coin on the water surface.
  4. This is due to total internal reflection.

Critical angle of water :

  1. Refractive index of water = 1.33
  2. The sine of critical angle of water = \(\frac{1}{\text { Refractive index }}\)
  3. Sin C = \(\frac{1}{\text { 1.33 }}\) ⇒ sin C = 0.7518.
    ∴ C = 8.7°
  4. ∴ The critical angle of water = 48.7°.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 13.
Collect the values of refractive index of the following media. (AS4)

Water, coconut oil, flint glass, crown glass, diamond, benzene and hydrogen gas.

Answer:

Medium Refractive Index
1. Water 1.33
2. Coconut oil 1.445
3. Flint glass 1.65
4. Crown glass 1.52
5. Diamond 2.42
6. Benzene 1.50
7. Hydrogen gas 1.000132

Question 14.
Collect information on working of optical fibres. Prepare a report about various uses of optical fibres in our daily life. (AS4)
(OR)
What do you know about the working of optical fibres and make a report of various uses of optical fibres in our daily life?
(OR)
How are the optical fibres working? What are the various uses of optical fibres in our daily life?
Answer:
1) An optical fibre is very thin fibre made of glass or plastic having radius about a micrometer (10-6 m).
2) A bunch of such thin fibres form a light pipe.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 14

Working :
1. Optical fibre having three parts-namely core (n = 1, 7), clading (n = 1, 6) and shielding.
2. The ray of light AB gets refracted at point ‘B’ into core and incident at ‘C’ with angle of incidence i (i > c).

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 15
3. The angle of incidence is greater than the critical angle and hence total internal reflection takes place.
4. The light is thus transmitted along the fibre.
5. The optical fibre is also based on ‘Fermat’s principle.

Uses :

  1. Optical fibres are used in ‘endoscopy’ to see the internal organs like throat, stomach, intestines, etc.
  2. Optical fibres are used in transmitting communication signals through light pipes.
  3. Optical fibres are used in international telephone cables laid under the sea, in large computer networks, etc.
  4. In optical fibre about 2000 telephone signals appropriately mixed with light waves may be simultaneously transmitted through a typical optical fibre.

Question 15.
Take a thin thermocol sheet. Cut it in circular discs of different radii like 2 cm, 3 cm, 4 cm, 4.5 cm, 5 cm etc. and mark centers with sketch pen. Now take needles of length nearly 6 cm. Pin a needle to each disc at its centre vertically. Take water in a large opaque tray and place the disc with 2 cm radius in such a way that the needle is inside the water as shown in figure. Now try to view the free end (head) of the needle from surface of the water.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 17
1) Are you able to see the head of the needle?
Now do the same with other discs of different radii. Try to see the head of the needle, each time.
Note : The position of your eye and the position of the disc on water surface should not be changed while repeating the Activity with’other discs.
2) At what maximum radius of disc, were you not able to see the free end of the needle ?
3) Why were you not able to view the head of the nail for certain radii of the discs ?
4) Does this Activity help you to find the critical angle of the medium (water) ?
5) Draw a diagram to show the passage of light ray from the head of the nail in different situations. (AS4)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 29
1. Yes, we can see head of the needle.

2. Height of the pin = 6 cm
Radius of the disc = x cm
Critical angle of water = C = 48.7°
Tan C = 48.7°
\(\frac{x}{6}\) = 1.138 ⇒ x = 6.828 cm
So, at radius of 6.8 cm we cannot see the free end of the needle.

3. Because the light rays coming from object undergoing total internal reflection by touching the surface of disc.

4. Yes, we can find critical angle.
Refractive index of air (n2) = 1.003 ; Refractive index of water (n1) = 1.33
Sin C = \(\frac{n_{2}}{n_{1}}=\frac{1.003}{1.33}\) = 0.7541 ⇒ C = 48.7°

5.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 18

Question 16.
Explain the refraction of light through the glass slab with a neat ray diagram. (AS5)
(OR)
Draw a glass slab diagram and explain the refraction of light through glass slab.
(OR)
Write the procedure of a lab Activity to understand lateral shift of light rays through a glass slab.
(OR)
How can you find lateral shift using glass slab?
Answer:
Aim :
A) Determination of position and nature of image formed by a glass slab.
B) Understanding lateral and vertical shift.
C) Determination of refractive index of given glass slab.

Materials required :
Plank, chart paper, clamps, scale, pencil, thin glass slab and pins.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 16

Procedure :

  1. Place a piece of chart on a plank. Clamp it. Place a glass slab in the middle of the paper.
  2. Draw border line along the edges of the slab by using a pencil. Remove it. You will get a figure of a rectangle.
  3. Name the vertices of the rectangle as A, B, C and D.
  4. Draw a perpendicular at a point on the longer sides (AB) of the rectangle.
  5. Now draw a line, from the point of intersection where side AB of rectangle and perpendicular meet, in such a way that it makes 30° angle with the normal.
  6. This line represents the incident ray falling on the slab and the angle it makes with normal represents angle of incidence.
  7. Now place the slab on the paper in such a way that it fits in the rectangle drawn. Fix two identical pins on the line making 30° angle with normal, such that they stand vertically with same height.
  8. By looking at the two pins from the other side of the slab, fix two pins in such a way that all pins appear to be along a straight line.
  9. Remove the slab and take out pins. Draw a straight line by joining the dots formed by the pins up to the edge CD of the rectangle.
  10. This line represents emergent ray of the light.
  11. Draw a perpendicular to the line CD where our last line drawn meets the line CD.
  12. Measure the angle between emergent ray and normal.
  13. This is called angle of emergence.
  14. The angle of incidence and angle of emergence are equal.
  15. Incident emergent rays are parallel.
  16. The distance between the parallel rays is called shift.

Question 17.
Place an object on the table. Look at the object through the transparent glass slab. You will observe that it will appear closer to you. Draw a ray diagram to show the passage of light ray in this situation. (AS5)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 19

Question 18.
What is the reason behind the shining of diamond and how do you appreciate it? (AS6)
(OR)
For which reason is the diamond shining and how is it appreciable?
Answer:

  • The critical angle of diamonds is very low, i.e., 24.4°.
  • So if a light ray enters diamond, it undergoes total internal reflection.
  • It makes the diamond shine brilliant.
  • So total internal reflection is main cause of brilliance of diamonds.
  • Majority of people are attracted towards diamonds due to this property.
  • So we have to thoroughly appreciate total internal reflection for brilliance of diamonds.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 19.
How do you appreciate the role of Fermat’s principle in drawing ray diagrams? (AS6)
(OR)
How do you admire the role of Fermat’s principle in drawing ray diagrams? Fermat’s principle: The light ray always travels in a path which needs shortest possible time to cover distance between two points.
This principle has lot of importance on optics. This is used in

  1. Laws of reflection (i.e., angle of incidence = angle of reflection)
  2. Laws of refraction (Snell’s law)
  3. To derive refractive index of a medium.
  4. To derive refractive index of glass slab.
    So, I appreciate the Fermat’s principle.

Question 20.
A light ray is incident on air-liquid interface at 45° and is refracted at 30°. What is the refractive index of the liquid? For what angle of incidence will the angle between reflected ray and refracted ray be 90°? (AS7)
Answer:
i) Given that angle of incidence (i) = 4S°
angle of refraction (r) = 30°
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 20

ii) Given that angle between reflected and refracted ray is 90°.
We know angle of incidence = angle of reflection
∴ Angle of refraction (r) = 90 – angle of incidence
= 90 – i
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 21
Critical angle = 54.7°. This angle is also known as polarising angle.

Question 21.
Explain why a test tube immersed at a certain angle in a tumbler of water appears to have a mirror surface from a certain viewing position. (AS7)
Answer:
When a test tube is immersed at a certain angle in a tumbler of water appears to have
a mirror surface from a certain viewing positions due to total internal reflection.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 22
Explanation :

  • The critical angle for glass is 42°.
  • The glass and air in test tube works as denser and rarer mediums.
  • The rays of light while travelling through water strike glass – air interface of test tube at an angle of more than 42° (i > c) they get totally internal reflected as shown figure.
  • When these reflected rays reach the eye, they appear to come from the surface of test tube itself.
  • Now the test tube appears like silvary.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 23.
In what cases does a light ray not deviate at the interface of two media? (AS7)
Answer:

  1. When a light ray incident is perpendicular to the interface of surface, it does not undergo deviation.
  2. When a light ray incident is more than critical angle, it does not undergo deviation (refraction) but it undergoes reflection to come back into the original medium.

Question 25.
When we sit at camp fire, objects beyond the fire seen swaying. Give the reason for it. (AS7)
(OR)
What are the reasons for the objects beyond the fire seen swaying, when we sit at camp fire?
Answer:

  • The temperature of the surrounding air changes due to convection of heat by the camp fire.
  • This leads to chang in density and refractive index of air, continuously.
  • The continuous change in refractive index of air changes the refracted path of the light ray.
  • This is the cause for swaying of an object.

Question 26.
Why do stars appear twinkling? (AS7)
(OR)
What is the reason for the appearance of stars like twinkling?
Answer:

  • The twinkling of a star is due to atmospheric refraction of star light.
  • The atmosphere consists of a number of layers of varying densities.
  • When light rays coming from a star pass through this layers and undergo refraction for several times.
  • Thats why stars appear twinkling.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

Question 27.
Why does a diamond shine more than a glass piece cut to the same shape? (AS7)
(OR)
What is the reason for shining of diamond brightly as compared to glass piece cut?
Answer:

  • The critical angle of a diamond is very low (i.e., 24.4°).
  • So if a light ray enters a diamond it definitely undergoes total internal reflection.
  • Whereas it is not possible with glass piece cut to the same shape.
  • So diamond shines more than a glass piece.

Fill In The Blanks

1. At critical angle of incidence, the angle of refraction is ……………… .
2. n1 sin i = n2 sin r, is called ……………… .
3. Speed of light in vacuum is ……………… .
4. Total internal reflection takes place when a light ray propagates from …………. to …………… medium.
5. The refractive index of a transparent material is 3/2. The speed of the light in that medium is …………… .
6. Mirage is an example of ……………… .
Answer:

  1. 90°
  2. Snell’s law
  3. 3 × 108 m/s
  4. denser, rarer
  5. 2 × 108 m/s
  6. optical illusion / total internal reflection

Multiple Choice Questions

1. Which of the following is Snell’s law?
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 30
Answer:
B)

2. The refractive index of glass with respect to air is 2. Then the critical angle of glass air interface is ………………….
A) 0°
B) 45°
C) 30°
D) 60°
Answer:
C) 30°

3. Total internal reflection takes place when the light ray travels from …………….. .
A) rarer to denser medium
B) rarer to rarer medium
C) denser to rarer medium
D) denser to denser medium
Answer:
C) denser to rarer medium

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

4. The angle of deviation produced by the glass slab is …………… .
A) 0°
B) 20°
C) 90°
D) depends on the angle formed by the light ray and normal to the slab
Answer:
D) depends on the angle formed by the light ray and normal to the slab

10th Class Physics 5th Lesson Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces Additional Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Derive Snell’s law.
(OR)
Prove n1 sin i = n2 sin r.
(OR)
Derive the Snell’s formula from Fermat’s principle.
(OR)
Derive the formula in realtion with and of incidence and angle of refraction.
Answer:
Let X be the path and A be the point above X and B be the point below X.
Now, we have to find the way from A to B.

  1. Let us try to calculate how long it would take to go from A to B by the two paths through point D and another through point C.
  2. If we draw a perpendicular DE, between two paths at D, we see that the path on line is shortened by the amount EC.
  3. On the other hand, in the water, by drawing corresponding perpendicular CF we find that we have to go to the extra distance DF in water. These times must be equal since we assumed there was no change in time between two paths.
  4. Let the time taken by the man to travel from E to C and D to F be ∆t and v1 and v2 be the speeds of the running and swimming. From figure we get,
    EC = v1 ∆t and DF = v2 ∆t
    ⇒ \(\frac{\mathrm{EC}}{\mathrm{DF}}=\frac{\mathrm{v}_{1}}{\mathrm{v}_{2}}\) ………….. (1)
  5. Let i and r be the angles measured between the path ACB and normal NN, perpendicular to shore line X.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 23 AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 24

10th Class Physics 5th Lesson Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces InText Questions and Answers

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 56

Question 1.
Why should you see a mirage as a flowing water?
Answer:

  • A mirage is a naturally occuring optical phenomenon, in which light rays are bent to produce a displaced image of distant objects or the sky.
  • As light passes from colder air (higher place) to warmer air (lower place), the light ray bends away from the direction of the temperature gradient.
  • Once the rays reach the viewer’s eye, the visual cortex interprets it as if it traces back along a perfectly straight “line of sight”. However this line is at a tangent to the path the ray takes at the point it reaches the eye.
  • The result is that an “inferior image ” of the sky above appears on the ground.
  • The viewer may incorrectly interprets this sight as water that is reflecting the sky, which is to the brain, a more reasonable and common occurrence.

Question 2.
Can you take a photo of a mirage?
Answer:

  • Yes, I can take a photo of a mirage.
  • Our eye can catches the total internal reflected rays.
  • So, camera lens also catches the same.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 46

Question 3.
What difference do you notice in fig 2(a) and Fig 2(b) with the respect to refracted rays?
(OR)
Draw the ray diagram of refraction in between denser and rarer medium.
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 27
Answer:
In figure 2(a) the light ray bends towards normal whereas in 2(b) the light ray bends away from the normal.

Question 4.
Is there any relation between behaviour of refracted rays and speed of the light?
Answer:
Yes. The speed of light changes when it travels from one medium to another medium. So the light may bend towards normal or away from normal.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 47

Question 5.
Why db different material media possess different values of refractive indices?
Answer:
Refractive index depends on nature of material. So different media have different values of refractive indices.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 48

Question 6.
On what factors does the refractive index of a medium depend?
Answer:
Refractive index depends on (1) Nature of material and (2) Wavelength of light used.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 49

Question 7.
Can we derive the relation between the angle of incidence and the angles of refraction theoretically?
Answer:
Yes, we can derive the relation between angle of incidence and angles of refraction theoretically. We can get nt sin i = n2 sin r.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 53

Question 8.
Is there any chance that angle of refraction is equal to 90° ? When does this happen?
Answer:
Yes, when angle of incidence is equal to critical angle then angle of refraction is equal to 90°.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 54

Question 9.
What happens to light when the angle of incidence is greater than critical angle?
Answer:
When the angle of incidence is greater than critical angle, the light ray gets reflected into denser medium at the interface, i.e., light never enters rarer medium. This phenomenon is called total internal reflection.

10th Class Physics Textbook Page No. 57

Question 10.
How does light behave when a glass slab is introduced in its path?
Answer:
The light ray undergoes refraction two times.

10th Class Physics 5th Lesson Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces Activities

Activity – 1

Question 1.
Procedure :
Take some water in a glass tumbler. Keep a pencil in it. See the pencil from one side of glass and also from the top of the glass.
Observation:

1. How does it look?
Answer:
From the side it appears to be bent. From the top it appears as it is raising.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

2. Do you find any difference between two views?
Answer:
Yes, the position of pencil is different.

Activity – 2

Question 2.
Procedure :

  1. Go to a long wall (of length of 30 feet) facing the Sun. Go to the one end of a wall and ask someone to bring a bright metal object near the other end of the wall.
  2. When the object is few inches from the wall, it will distort and we will see a reflected image on the wall as though the wall were a mirror.

Observation:

Why is there an image of the object on the wall?
Answer:
The image is due to refraction of light.

Activity-3 Refraction

Question 3.
Procedure: –

  1. Take a shallow vessel with opaque walls such as a mug, a tin or a pan.
  2. Place a coin at the bottom of the vessel.
  3. Move away from the vessel until we cannot see the coin (fig. 2). Ask someone to fill the vessel with water. When the vessel is filled with water the coin comes back into view (fig. 3).

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 25

1. Why are you able to see the coin when the vessel is filled with water?
Answer:
The ray of light originated from the coin does not reach your eye when the vessel is empty. Hence you are not able to see the coin. But the coin becomes visible after the vessel is filled with water.

2. How is it possible? Do you think that the ray reaches your eye when the vessel is filled with water?
Answer:
Yes, it reaches the second instance.

3. What happens to the light ray at interface between water and air?
Answer:
It bends towards the normal.

AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces

4. What could be the reason for this bending of the light ray in the second instance?
Answer:
It is based on Fermat’s principle, which states that the light ray always travels in a path which needs shortest possible time to cover the distance between the two points.

Activity – 4

Question 4.
Prove that when light ray travels from denser to rarer medium it bends away from the normal.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 9
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 10
Procedure :

  1. Take a metal disc. Use protractor and mark angles along its edge as shown in the figure.
  2. Arrange two straws from the centre of the disk.
  3. Adjust one of the straws to the angle 10°.
  4. Immerse half of the disc vertically into the water, filled in a transparent vessel.
  5. Inside the water the angle of straw should be at 10°.
  6. From the top of the vessel try to view the straw which is inside the water.
  7. Then adjust the other straw which is outside the water until both straws are in a single straight line.
  8. Then take the disc out of the water and observe the two straws on it.
  9. We will find that they are not in a single straight line.
  10. It could be seen from the side view while half of the disc is inside the water.
  11. Measure the angle between the normal and second straw. Draw table for various angles and corresponding angles of refraction.

Observation :
We observe that ‘r’ is greater than ‘i’ in all cases and when light travels from
denser to rarer medium it bends away from the normal.

Activity – 6

Question 5.
Why can we not see a coin placed in water from the side of glass?
Answer:
Procedure :

  1. Take a transparent glass tumbler and coin.
  2. Place a coin on a table and place glass on the coin.
  3. Observe the coin from the side of the glass. We can see the coin.
  4. Now fill the glass with water and observe the coin from the side of the glass tumber.
  5. Now we cannot see the coin because the coin rises up due to refraction.

Activity – 7

Question 7.
Why can we see the coin in water from top? What is the phenomenon behind that?
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 13
Procedure :

  1. Take a cylindrical transparent vessel. Place a coin at the bottom of the vessel.
  2. Now pour water until we will get the image of the coin on the water surface.
  3. This is due to total internal reflection.

Activity – 8

Question 8.
Write an Activity to find refractive index of glass slab by calculating vertical shift.
(OR)
Explain the experiment with glass slab in determination of refraction through vertical shift.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 26
Procedure :

  1. Take a glass slab and measure the thickness of the slab.
  2. Take a white chart and fix it on the table.
  3. Place the slab in the middle of the chart.
  4. Draw line around it.
  5. Remove the slab from its place.
  6. The lines form a rectangle. Name the vertices of it as A. B, C and D. ‘
  7. Draw a perpendicular to the longer line AB of the rectangle at any point on it.
  8. Place slab again in the rectangle ABCD.
  9. Take a needle. Place at a point P in such a way that its length is parallel to the AB on the perpendicular line at a distance of 20 cm from the slab.
  10. Now take another needle and by seeing at the first needle from the other side of the slab, try to keep the needle so that it forms a straight line with the first needle. 1 1)
  11. Remove the slab and observe the positions of the needles.
  12. They are not in same line.
  13. Draw a perpendicular line from the second needle to the line on which the first needle is placed.
  14. Take the intersection point as Q.
  15. The distance between P and Q is vertical shift.
  16. We will get the same vertical shift placing needle at different distances.
  17. AP SSC 10th Class Physics Solutions Chapter 5 Refraction of Light at Plane Surfaces 28

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Maths Textbook Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions 4th Lesson Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Exercise 4.1

10th Class Maths 4th Lesson Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 Textbook Questions and Answers

Question 1.
By comparing the ratios \(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\), \(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\), \(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\) K find out whether the lines represented by the following pairs of linear equations intersect at a point, are parallel or are coincident.
a) 5x – 4y + 8 = 0
7x + 6y – 9 = 0
Answer:
Given: 5x – 4y + 8 = 0
7x + 6y – 9 = 0
\(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{5}{7}\); \(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) = \(\frac{-4}{6}\); \(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\) = \(\frac{8}{-9}\)
∴ \(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) ≠ \(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\)
Hence the given pair of linear equations represents a pair of intersecting lines.

b) 9x + 3y + 12 = 0
18x + 6y + 24 = 0
Answer:
Given : 9x + 3y + 12 = 0
18x + 6y + 24= 0
\(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{9}{18}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\);
\(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\);
\(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\) = \(\frac{12}{24}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
∴ \(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) = \(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\)
The lines are coincident.

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1

c) 6x – 3y + 10 = 0
2x – y + 9 = 0
Answer:
Given: 6x – 3y + 10 = 0
2x – y + 9 = 0
\(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{6}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{1}\);
\(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) = \(\frac{-3}{-1}\) = \(\frac{3}{1}\);
\(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\) = \(\frac{10}{9}\)
Here \(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) ≠ \(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\)
∴ The lines are parallel.

Question 2.
Check whether the following equations are consistent or inconsistent. Solve them graphically. (AS2, AS5)
a) 3x + 2y = 8
2x – 3y = 1
Answer:
Given equaions are 3x + 2y = 8 and 2x – 3y = 1
\(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\);
\(\frac{b_{2}}{b_{-3}}\) = \(\frac{-4}{6}\);
\(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) ≠ \(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\)
Hence the linear equations are consistent.
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 1
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 2
The lines intersect at (2, 1), so the solution is (2, 1).

b) 2x – 3y = 8
4x – 6y = 9
Answer:
Given: 2x – 3y = 8 and 4x – 6y = 9
\(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\);
\(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) = \(\frac{-3}{-6}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\);
\(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\) = \(\frac{8}{9}\)
∴ \(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) ≠ \(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\)
Lines are inconsistent and have no solution.
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 3
Lines are parallel.
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 4a
The lines are parallel and no solution exists.

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1

c) \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + \(\frac{5}{3}\)y = 7
9x – 10y = 12
Answer:
Given pair of equations \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + \(\frac{5}{3}\)y = 7 and 9x – 10y = 12
Now take \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + \(\frac{5}{3}\)y = 7 ⇒ \(\frac{9x+10y}{6}\) = 7 ⇒ 9x + 10y = 42
and 9x – 10y =12
\(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{9}{9}\) = \(\frac{1}{1}\);
\(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) = \(\frac{10}{-10}\) = \(\frac{1}{-1}\) and
\(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\) = \(\frac{-42}{-12}\) = \(\frac{7}{2}\)
Since \(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) ≠ \(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) they are intersecting lines and hence consistent pair of linear equations.
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 5
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 6
Solution: The unique solution of given pair of equations is (3.1, 1.4)

d) 5x – 3y = 11
-10x + 6y = -22
Answer:
Given pair of equations 5x – 3y = 11 and -10x + 6y = -22
\(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{5}{-10}\) = \(\frac{-1}{2}\);
\(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) = \(\frac{-3}{6}\) = \(\frac{-1}{2}\) and
\(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\) = \(\frac{11}{-22}\) = \(\frac{-1}{2}\)
∴ \(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) = \(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\)
∴ The lines are consistent.
∴ The given linear equations represent coincident lines.
Thus they have infinitely many solutions.
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 7
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 8

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1

e) \(\frac{4}{3}\)x + 2y = 8
2x + 3y = 12
Answer:
Given pair of equations \(\frac{4}{3}\)x + 2y = 8 ⇒ \(\frac{4x+6y}{3}\) = 8 ⇒ 4x + 6y = 24 ⇒ 2x + 3y = 12
\(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{4}{2}\) = 2;
\(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) = \(\frac{6}{3}\) = 2;
\(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\) = \(\frac{24}{12}\) = 2
∴ \(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) = \(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\)
Thus the equations are consistent.
∴ The given equations have infinitely many solutions.
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 9
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 10

f) x + y = 5
2x + 2y = 10
Answer:
Given pair of equations x + y = 5 and 2x + 2y = 10
\(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\);
\(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\);
\(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\) = \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
∴ \(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) = \(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\)
Thus the equations are consistent and have infinitely many solutions.
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 11
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 12

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1

g) x – y = 8
3x – 3y = 16
Answer:
Given pair of equations x – y = 8 and 3x – 3y = 16
\(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\);
\(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) = \(\frac{-1}{-3}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) and
\(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\) = \(\frac{8}{16}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
∴ \(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) ≠ \(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\)
Thus the equations are inconsistent.
∴ They represent parallel lines and have no solution.
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 13
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 14

h) 2x + y – 6 = 0 and 4x – 2y – 4 = 0
Answer:
Given pair of equations 2x + y – 6 = 0 and 4x – 2y – 4 = 0
\(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\);
\(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) = \(\frac{1}{-2}\) = \(\frac{-1}{2}\);
\(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\) = \(\frac{-6}{-4}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
∴ \(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) ≠ \(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\)
The equations are consistent.
∴ They intersect at one point giving only one solution.
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 15
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 16
The solution is x = 2 and y = 2

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1

i) 2x – 2y – 2 = 0 and 4x – 4y – 5 = 0
Answer:
Given pair of equations 2x – 2y – 2 = 0 and 4x – 4y – 5 = 0
\(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\);
\(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) = \(\frac{-2}{-4}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\);
\(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\) = \(\frac{-2}{-5}\) = \(\frac{2}{5}\)
∴ \(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) ≠ \(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\)
Thus the equations are inconsistent.
∴ They represent parallel lines and have no solution.
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 17
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 18

Question 3.
Neha went to a ‘sale’ to purchase some pants and skirts. When her friend asked her how many of each she had bought, she answered “The number of skirts are two less than twice the number of pants purchased. Also the number of skirts is four less than four times the number of pants purchased.”
Help her friend to find how many pants and skirts Neha bought.
Answer:
Let the number of pants = x and the number of skirts = y
By problem y = 2x – 2 ⇒ 2x – y = 2
y = 4x – 4 ⇒ 4x – y = 4
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 19
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 20
The two lines are intersecting at the point (1,0)
∴ x = 1; y = 0 is the required solution of the pair of linear equations.
i.e., pants =1
She did not buy any skirt.

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1

Question 4.
10 students of Class-X took part in a mathematics quiz. If the number of girls is 4 more than the number of boys then, find the number of boys and the number of girls who took part in the quiz.
Answer:
Let the number of boys be x.
Then the number of girls = x + 4
By problem, x + x + 4 = 10
∴ 2x + 4 = 10
2x = 10-4
x = \(\frac{6}{2}\) = 3
∴ Boys = 3 Girls = 3 + 4 = 7 (or)
Boys = x, Girls = y
By problem x + y = 10 (total)
and y = x + 4 (girls)
⇒ x + y = 10 and x – y = – 4
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 21
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 22
∴ Number of boys = 3 and the number of girls = 7

Question 5.
5 pencils and 7 pens together cost Rs. 50 whereas 7 pencils and 5 pens together cost Rs. 46. Find the cost of one pencil and that of one pen.
Answer:
Let the cost of each pencil be Rs. x
and the cost of each pen be Rs. y.
By problem 5x + 7y = 50
7x + 5y = 46
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 23
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 24
The lines are intersecting at the point (3, 5).
x = 3 and y = 5 is the solution of given equations.
∴ Cost of one pencil = Rs. 3 and pen = Rs. 5

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1

Question 6.
Half the perimeter of a rectangular garden, whose length is 4 m more than its width is 36 m. Find the dimensions of the garden.
Answer:
Let the width of the garden = x cm
then its length = x + 4 cm
Half the perimeter = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 2(7+ b) = l + b
By problem, x + x + 4 = 36
2x + 4 = 36
2x = 36 – 4 = 32
∴ x = 16 and x + 4 = 16 + 4 = 20
i.e., length = 20 cm and breadth = 16 cm.
(or)
Let the breadth be x and length = y
then x + y = 36 ⇒ x + y = 36
y = x + 4 ⇒ x – y = -4
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 25
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 26
The two lines intersect at the point (16, 20)
i.e., length = 20 cm and the breadth = 16 cm.

Question 7.
We have a linear equation 2x + 3y – 8 = 0. Write another linear equation in two variables such that the geometrical representation of the pair so formed is intersect¬ing lines. Now, write two more linear equations so that one forms a pair of parallel lines and the second forms coincident line with the given equation.
Answer:
i) Given: 2x + 3y – 8 = 0
The lines are intersecting lines.
Let the other linear equation be ax + by + c = 0
∴ \(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) ≠ \(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\); we have to choose appropriate values satisfying the condition above.
Thus the other equation may be 3x + 5y – 6 =0

ii) Parallel line \(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) ≠ \(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\)
⇒ 2x + 3y – 8 = 0
4x + 6y – 10 = 0

iii) Coincident lines \(\frac{a_{1}}{a_{2}}\) = \(\frac{b_{1}}{b_{2}}\) = \(\frac{c_{1}}{c_{2}}\)
⇒ 2x + 3y – 8 = 0 ⇒ 8x + 12y – 32 = 0

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1

Question 8.
The area of a rectangle gets reduced by 80 sq. units if its length is reduced by 5 units and breadth is increased by 2 units. If we increase the length by 10 units and decrease the breadth by 5 units, the area will increase by 50 sq. units. Find the length and breadth of the rectangle.
Answer:
Let the length of the rectangle = x units
breadth = y units Area = l . b = xy sq. units
By problem, (x – 5) (y + 2) = xy – 80 and          (x + 10) (y – 5) = xy + 50
⇒ xy + 2x – 5y – 10 = xy – 80 and                    xy – 5x + 10y – 50 = xy + 50
⇒ 2x – 5y = xy – 80 – xy + 10 and                   -5x + 10y = xy + 50 – xy + 50
⇒ 2x – 5y = – 70 and                                       -5x + 10y = 100
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 27
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 28
The two lines intersect at the point (40, 30)
∴ The solution is x = 40 and y = 30
i.e., length = 40 units; breadth = 30 units.

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1

Question 9.
In X class, if three students sit on each bench, one student will be left. If four students sit on each bench, one bench will be left. Find the number of students and the number of benches in that class.
Answer:
Let the number of benches = x say and the number of students = y
By problem
y = 3x + 1 ⇒ 3x – y + 1 = 0
and y = 4(x – 1) ⇒ 4x – y – 4 = 0
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 29
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables Ex 4.1 30
The two lines intersect at (5, 16)
∴ The solution of the equation is x = 5 and y = 16
i.e., Number of benches = 5 and the number of students = 16

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 10 Mensuration Ex 10.2

AP State Board Syllabus AP SSC 10th Class Maths Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Mensuration Ex 10.2 Textbook Questions and Answers.

AP State Syllabus SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions 10th Lesson Mensuration Exercise 10.2

10th Class Maths 10th Lesson Mensuration Ex 10.2 Textbook Questions and Answers

Question 1.
A toy is in the form of a cone mounted on a hemisphere. The diameter of the base and the height of the cone are 6 cm and 4 cm respectively. Determine the surface area of the toy. (Use π = 3.14)
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 10 Mensuration Ex 10.2 1
Diameter of the base of the cone d = 6 cm.
∴ Radius of the base of the cone
r = \(\frac{d}{2}\) = \(\frac{6}{2}\) = 3 cm
Height of the cone = h = 4 cm
Slant height of the cone l = \(\sqrt{r^{2}+h^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{3^{2}+4^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{9+16}\)
= √25
= 5 cm
∴ C.S.A of the cone = πrl
= \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 3 × 5
= \(\frac{330}{7}\) cm2
Radius of the hemisphere = \(\frac{d}{2}\) = \(\frac{6}{2}\) = 3 cm
C.S.A. of the hemisphere = 2πr2
= 2 × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 3 × 3
= \(\frac{396}{7}\)
Hence the surface area of the toy = C.S.A. of cone + C.S.A. of hemisphere
= \(\frac{330}{7}\) + \(\frac{396}{7}\)
= \(\frac{726}{7}\) ≃ 103.71 cm2.

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 10 Mensuration Ex 10.2

Question 2.
A solid is in the form of a right circular cylinder with a hemisphere at one end and a cone at the other end. The radius of the common base is 8 cm and the heights of the cylindrical and conical portions are 10 cm and 6 cm respectively. Find the total surface area of the solid. [Use π = 3.14]
Answer:
Total surface area = C.S.A. of the cone + C.S.A. of cylinder + C.S.A of the hemisphere.
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 10 Mensuration Ex 10.2 2
Cone:
Radius (r) = 8 cm
Height (h) = 6 cm
Slant height l = \(\sqrt{r^{2}+h^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{8^{2}+6^{2}}\)
= \(\sqrt{64+36}\)
= √100
= 10 cm
C.S.A. = πrl
= \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 8 × 10
= \(\frac{1760}{7}\) cm2
Cylinder:
Radius (r) = 8 cm;
Height (h) = 10 cm
C.S.A. = 2πrh
= 2 × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 8 × 10
= \(\frac{3520}{7}\) cm2
Hemisphere:
Radius (r) = 8 cm
C.S.A. = 2πr2
= 2 × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 8 × 8
= \(\frac{2816}{7}\) cm2
∴ Total surface area of the given solid
= \(\frac{1760}{7}\) + \(\frac{3520}{7}\) + \(\frac{2816}{7}\)
T.S.A. = \(\frac{8096}{7}\) = 1156.57 cm2.

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 10 Mensuration Ex 10.2

Question 3.
A medicine capsule is ih the shape of a cylinder with two hemispheres stuck to each of its ends. The length of the capsule is 14 mm. and the width is 5 mm. Find its surface area.
Answer:
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 10 Mensuration Ex 10.2 3
Surface area of the capsule = C.S.A. of 2 hemispheres + C.S.A. of the cylinder
i) Now for Hemisphere:
Radius (r) = \(\frac{d}{2}\) = \(\frac{5}{2}\) = 2.5 mm
C.S.A of each hemisphere = 2πr2
C.S.A of two hemispheres
= 2 × 2πr2 = 4πr2
= 2 × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × \(\frac{5}{2}\) × \(\frac{5}{2}\)
= \(\frac{550}{7}\)
= 78.57 mm2.

ii) Now for Cylinder:
Length of capsule = AB =14 mm
Then height (length) cylinder part = 14 – 2(2.5)
h = 14 – 5 = 9 mm
Radius of cylinder part (r) = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
Now C.S.A of cylinder part = 2πrh
= 2 × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × \(\frac{5}{2}\) × 9
= \(\frac{900}{7}\)
= 141.428 mm2
Now total surface area of capsule
= 78.57 + 141.43 = 220 mm2

Question 4.
Two cubes each of volume 64 cm3 are joined end to end together. Find the surface area of the resulting cuboid.
Answer:
Given, volume of the cube.
V = a3 = 64 cm3
∴ a3 = 4 × 4 × 4 = 43 , Hence a = 4 cm
When two cubes are added, the length of cuboid = 2a = 2 × 4 = 8 cm,
breadth = a = 4 cm.
height = a = 4 cm is formed.
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 10 Mensuration Ex 10.2 4
∴ T.S.A. of the cuboid
= 2 (lb + bh + lh)
= 2(8 × 4 + 4 × 4 + 8 × 4)
= 2(32 + 16 + 32)
= 2 × 80
= 160 cm2
∴ The surface area of resulting cuboid is 160 cm2.

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 10 Mensuration Ex 10.2

Question 5.
A storage tank consists of a circular cylinder with a hemisphere stuck on either end. If the external diameter of the cylinder be 1.4 m. and its length be 8 m. Find the cost of painting it on the outside at rate of Rs. 20 per m2.
Answer:
Total surface area of the tank = 2 × C.S.A. of hemisphere + C.S.A. of cylinder.
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 10 Mensuration Ex 10.2 5
Hemisphere:
Radius (r) = \(\frac{d}{2}\) = \(\frac{1.4}{2}\) = 0.7 m
C.S.A. of hemisphere = 2πr2
= 2 × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 0.7 × 0.7
= 3.08 m2.
2 × C.S.A. = 2 × 3.08 m2 = 6.16 m2
Cylinder:
Radius (r) = \(\frac{d}{2}\) = \(\frac{1.4}{2}\) = 0.7 m
Height (h) = 8 m
C.S.A. of the cylinder = 2πrh
= 2 × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 0.7 × 8
= 35.2 m2
∴ Total surface area of the storage tank = 35.2 + 6.16 = 41.36 m2
Cost of painting its surface area @ Rs. 20 per sq.m, is
= 41.36 × 20 = Rs. 827.2.

Question 6.
A hemisphere is cut out from one face of a cubical wooden block such that the diameter of the hemisphere is equal to the length of the cube. Determine the surface area of the remaining solid.
Answer:
Let the length of the edge of the cube = a units
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 10 Mensuration Ex 10.2 6
T.S.A. of the given solid = 5 × Area of each surface + Area of hemisphere
Square surface:
Side = a units
Area = a2 sq. units
5 × square surface = 5a2 sq. units
Hemisphere:
Diameter = a units;
Radius = \(\frac{a}{2}\)
C.S.A. = 2πr2
= 2π\(\left(\frac{a}{2}\right)^{2}\)
= 2π\(\frac{a^{2}}{4}\) = \(\frac{\pi \mathrm{a}^{2}}{2}\) sq. units
Total surface area = 5a2 + \(\frac{\pi \mathrm{a}^{2}}{2}\) = a2\(\left(5+\frac{\pi}{2}\right)\) sq. units.

AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 10 Mensuration Ex 10.2

Question 7.
A wooden article was made by scooping out a hemisphere from each end of a solid cylinder, as shown in the figure. If the height of the cylinder is 10 cm and its base radius is of 3.5 cm, find the total surface area of the article.
AP SSC 10th Class Maths Solutions Chapter 10 Mensuration Ex 10.2 7
Answer:
Surface area of the given solid = C.S.A. of the cylinder + 2 × C.S.A. of hemisphere.
If we take base = radius
Cylinder:
Radius (r) = 3.5 cm
Height (h) = 10 cm
C.S.A. = 2πrh
= 2 × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 3.5 × 10
= 220 cm2
Hemisphere:
Radius (r) = 3.5 cm
C.S.A. = 2πr2
= 2 × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × 3.5 × 3.5
= 77 cm2
2 × C.S.A. = 2 × 77 = 154 cm2
∴ T.S.A. = 220 + 154 = 374 cm2.